As Per New Cbse Pattern

AS PER NEW CBSE PATTERN

S.NO. NAME OF TEACHER NAME OF KV

1 Nitin Tripathi Amerigog CRPF
2 Rakesh Kumar Digaru
3 Parimal Ray Diphu
4 Amitabh Satyam IIT Guwahati
5 Prabhat Kumar Jorhat (AFS)
6 Babita Das Khanapara
7 Ritesh Mishra Lokra
8 Sashanka Deb Mandal Misa Cantt
9 Aishwarya Sinha Missamari
10 Sh. Brijendra Nath Singh New Bongaigaon
11 Sh. Rajendra Prasad North Lakhimpur
12 Raghwendra Madhav Panbari
13 Deepankar Medhi Rangiya
14 Shiojee Prasad Sivasagar(ONGC)
15 Estila Devi Jagiroad (HPCL)
16 Hari Lakhan Gurjar Tezpur No.1
17 Nishu Tezpur University
18 Prashant Vikram Singh Tezpur No.2
S.NO. NAME OF TEACHER NAME OF KV

1 Ajay Narayan Borjhar
2 Arvind Kishore Madhukar Narangi
3 Md Saiful Islam Maligaon
Satish Chhokar, PGT-CS, KV HPCL Jagiroad
Under the Guidance of Under the Direction of Coordinated & Compiled By
Sh. Varun Mitra Sir Sh. Venkteswar Prasad Sh. Sushil Kumar Dhiman
Deputy Commissioner Assistant Commissioner Principal
KVS RO Guwahati KVS RO Guwahati KV HPCL Jagiroad
INDEX
BOOK: FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
S.NO. CHAPTER NAME OF CHAPTERS PAGE NO.
NO
1 1 Human Geography Nature and Scope 1-10
2 2 The World Population Distribution, Density and Growth 11-22
3 4 Human Development 23-34
4 5 Primary Activities 35-53
5 6 Secondary Activities 54-64
6 7 Tertiary and Quaternary Activities 65-78
7 8 Transport and Communication 79-93
8 9 International Trade 94-103
9 - Map Work World 104-114
BOOK: INDIA PEOPLE AND ECONOMY

S.NO. CHAPTER NAME OF CHAPTERS PAGE NO.
NO
1 1 Population Distribution, Density, Growth and Composition 115-125
2 4 Human Settlements 126-140
3 5 Land Resources and Agriculture 141-152
4 6 Water resource 153-162
5 7 Mineral and Energy Resources 163-175
6 9 Planning and Sustainable Development 176-188
7 10 Transport and Communication 189-197
8 11 International Trade 198-208
9 12 Geographical Perspective on Selected Issues and Problems 209-228
- Map Work India 229-254
FUNDAMENTALS OF
Unit – I (Chapter-I)
Nature and Scope of Human Geography
Mind Map
Geography is the study about earth and its relationship with man as most active agent over the earth.
1.Human geography 2.Physical geography
Human geography
it study the changing relationshp between changing earth and untiring human beings
Changing relationship between man and environment
from early stage of development to because of change in the level of

modern age technology
• Naturalisaton of Human
Environmental • Men are slaves of nature
determinsm
• Humanisaton of nature
Envronmental • Imprints of human are created everywhere
Possiblism
• stop or go determinism
Neo • mid path between possibilism and determinism
Determinsm
1
Evolution of Human Geography through the corridors of time:
different approaches of human geography which changed over the time

(from early colonial period to present time)
early colonial period-exploration and later colonial period -regional

discription analysis
1970s Emergence of Humanistc

In1930 -Areal between 1950s to radical and behavioural school
late 1960- spatial which emphasised on the
Differentiaton Organisaton qualitative aspect of human life
Gist of the Chapter

Human geography deals with the relationship between the physical/natural and the human
worlds, the spatial distribution of human phenomena and how they come about, and the social
and economic differences between different parts of the world.
Definition of Human Geography:
 ―Human geography is the synthetic study of relationship between human societies and
earth‘s surface‖. Ratzel
 ―Human geography is the study of ―the changing relationship between the unresting man
and the unstable earth.‖ Ellen C. Semple
 ―Human Geography offers a new conception of the interrelationships between earth and
human beings.‖ Paul Vidal de la Blache
 It also takes into account the mosaic of culture, language, religion, customs, traditions,
types, and patterns of rural settlements, and the functional classification of towns.
 With the help of technology, human beings interact with the physical environment.
Environmental determinism (Naturalisation of the Human)

 Environmental determinism is also known as climatic/environmental/geographical
determinism.
 The interaction between primitive human society (with less knowledge of technology)
and strong forces of nature was termed environmental determinism.
 Human being was directly dependent on nature for his survival and called it ―mother
nature‖
 Nature gives an opportunity and man sustains it.
 In this way, gradually humanisation of nature takes place and imprints of human
activities become visible.
2
 The story of Benda can be referred to understand the impact of nature on humans in those
early days.
Possibilism: (Humanisation of the Nature)

 With social and cultural development, humans developed better and more efficient
technology.
 They created possibilities with the resources obtained from the environment.
 With the development of technology people understood the nature well
 They move from state of necessity to state of possibilities
 Human activities created cultural landscape
 So it is called as possibilism
 The story of Kari can be cited as an example to understand the man – environment
interaction developed over the time.
Neo-determinism or Stop and Go determinism:

 Griffith Taylor introduced another concept that reflects a middle path between the two
ideas of environmental determinism and possibilism.
 He termed it Neo-determinism or stop-and-go determinism.
 The concept shows that neither is there a situation of absolute necessity i.e.
environmental determinism nor a condition of complete freedom i.e. possibilism.
 It means the possibilities can be created within the limits which do not damage the
environment and there is no free run without accidents.
 For example, the free run that the developed economy attempted to take already resulted
in the greenhouse effect, ozone layer depletion, global warming, receding of glaciers, and
degrading Iceland.
 The illustration of controlling traffic using light signals (red- stop, orange- get ready and
green – move ahead) reflects the need of coordination between man and environment to
have sustainability.
Dualism in Human Geography:

 There is dualism in Human Geography like Nomothetic (law making) vs Idiographic
(descriptive), Physical Geography vs Human Geography, etc.
 In fact dualism is academic in nature and makes Human Geography more
comprehensive.
 Both physical and human phenomena have been described using metaphors, like- face
of the earth, eye of the storm, snout of the glacier, profile of the soil, etc.
3
Nature of Human Geography:
 Human geography is the inter-relationship between physical and socio

cultural environment.
 Human being has modified the physical environment over the time and
has created a realm of cultural landscape.
 It is integrated some way or the other with each and every branch of
knowledge, however, it is methodology that makes it different from other
subjects.
 Why, how, where, areal differentiation, spatial organisation, regional
analysis, post modernism, etc are the concern of Human Geography.
Schools of human geography:
 Welfare School: it is associated with social well-being of the people, like- housing,
health, education, etc.
 Radical School: according to this school of thought poverty, deprivation and social
inequality outcome of capitalism which may be addressed applying Marxist theory
 Behavioural School: it gives importance to lived experience, perception of space by
various social factors like ethnicity, religion, etc.
Human Geography through the corridors of time:
Period Approaches Broad Features

Early Colonial Exploration and Description Discovery and exploration
Period of new areas
Late Colonial Regional Analysis Regions are the part of the
Period whole earth
1930s through the Areal differentiation Identifying uniqueness of
inter- war period region
Late 1950s to the Spatial Organisation Quantitative revolution
Late 1960s
1970s Emergence of humanistic, Human traits are complex
radical and behavioural school and as such everything
can‘t be quantified
1990s Post – modernism Every phenomenon has its
local context
Human geography and sister Discipline of Social sciences:

4
Fields of Human Sub-fields Interface with Sister Disciplines
Geography of Social Sciences
Social Geography Behavioural Geography Psychology
Geography of Social- Well- being Welfare Economics
Geography of Leisure Sociology
Cultural Geography Anthropology

Gender Geography Women‘s Studies
Historical Geography History
Medical Geography Epidemology
Urban Geography Urban Studies and Planning
Political Geography Political Science
Electoral Geography Psephology
Military Geography Military Science
Population Demography
Geography
Settlement Urban-Rural Planning
Geography
Economic Geography Economics
Geography of Resources Resource Economics
Geography of Agriculture Agricultural Science
Geography of Industries Industrial Economics
Geography of Marketing Business Studies, Commerce
Geography of Tourism Tourism and Travel
Management
Geography of International Trade International Trade
Questions and Answers

Multiple choice questions:
Q1.Human beings interact with their physical environment with the help of
Ans. Technology
Q2. Neo- determinism was introduced by
Ans. Griffith Taylor
Q3. Radical School of thought employed:
Ans. Marxist Theory
Q4.Which school of thought in human geography laid emphasis on the live experience
5
Ans. Behavioral school
Q5. Concept of the sustainable development may be traced in the
Ans. Neo determinism
Q 6.Which of the following approach marked by the use of computers and
sophisticated statistical tools?
Ans. Spatial Organization
Case study based Questions
Read the Case Study given below and answer the questions that follow:
Winters in the town of Trondheim mean fierce winds and heavy snow. The skies are dark for
months. Kari drives to work in the dark at 8 am. She has Special tyres for the winter and keeps
the headlights of her powerful car switched on. Her office is artificially heated at a comfortable
23 degrees Celsius. The campus of the university she works in is built under a huge glass Dome.
This dome keeps the snow out in winter and lets in the sunshine in the summer. The temperature
is controlled carefully and there is adequate lighting. Even though fresh vegetables and plants
don‘t grow in such harsh weather, Kari keeps an orchid on her desk and enjoys eating tropical
fruits like banana and kiwi. These are flown in from warmer areas regularly. With a click of the
Mouse, Kari can network with colleagues in New Delhi. She frequently takes a morning flight to
London and returns in the evening in time to watch her television serial. Though Kari is fifty-
eight years old, she is fitter and looks younger than many thirty-year-olds in other parts of the
world.
Q.1 How human beings are controlling climatic conditions?
Ans. By making glass house and By using air conditions
Q.2 Why Kari looks younger than many thirty-year-olds in other parts of the world
Though she is fifty-eight years old?
Ans. Because of better living standard
Q.3 Which one of the following things makes possible to change nature by the Human beings?
Ans. By using Technology
Short answer type of questions
Q11. What are the differences between Systematic and Regional approach of human geography?
6
Ans: Regional Geography
 It is an integrated study of geographical features of an area.

 Each geographical factor of a region is examined separately.
 Each region is studied in its total setting.
 This study implies the demarcation of regions.
Systematic Geography
 It is the detailed study of a single geographical factor of an area.

 The climate of the world is studied an a whole.
 It studies the geographical facts in an individual manner.
 The regions are recognised over the whole globe.
Q. 12 Explain the concept of environmental determinism with suitable examples.
Answer:
 It refers to the point of view supporting environmental control on human action.
 Human listened to Nature, was afraid of its fury and worshipped the natural forces.
 Many of primitive societies live in complete harmony with their natural environment.
 The physical environment for such societies becomes the ―Mother Nature‖.
Q. 13 Explain the concept of possibilism?
Ans:
 With social and cultural Development, humans develop better and more efficient
technology.
 They move from a state of Necessity to a state of freedom.
 They create Possibilities with the resources obtained from the environment.
 Human has modified their surroundings according to their needs.
 Imprints of human may be seen everywhere on the earth.
Q. 14 .Explain the Neo Determinism?
Ans:
 Griffith Taylor introduced Neo- determinism.

 It reflects a middle path (Madhyam Marg) between the two ideas of Environmental
determinism and possibilism.
 It is also termed as ‗Stop and Go‘ determinism.
 The concept shows that neither is there a situation of Absolute necessity (environmental
determinism) nor is there a condition of absolute freedom (possibilism)
7
Q.15 Has the free run developed economies damaged the environment? Give five examples. .
Ans:
 Possibilism means that there is a condition of absolute freedom.

 It means human beings can conquer nature freely for their development purposes.
 There might be a free run without accidents even while rash driving
 But the free run developed economies has damaged the environment in the following
ways :—
Green house effect
Ozone layer depletion
Global warming
Receding glaciers
Degrading lands, etc.
Q16. Which are the three core points of the definition of human geography given by Elen
C. Semple?
Ans:
 According to Ellen C. Semple, ―Human geography is the study of the changing
relationship between unresting man and the unstable earth.‖
 The three core points in this definition are:
 Inter-relationship of human societies and earth surfaces.
 Human-environment relationship is dynamic.
Q17. What do you mean by Dualism in Geography? Give three examples. What is the meaning
of words Nomothetic and ideographic ?
Ans:
 Dualism simply refers existence of two schools of thoughts at a time, like- Physical
Geography vs Human Geography, Nomothetic vs Idiographic.
 Likewise there is a debate whether geography should be studied with a regional or
systematic approach.
 Similarly determinism vs possibilism is another aspect of dualistic approach in Human
Geography.
 Whether geographical phenomena be interpreted theoretically or through historic
institutional approach.
 In fact these debates are basically academic in nature and beautify the subject as a whole.
Q.18 Mention any four fields of Human Geography.
Ans:
The different fields of human geography are as follows:
8
 Social Geography - It is connected with social sciences and sociology.
 Its sub-fields are- behavioural geography, a geography of social well being, historical,
medical geography, etc.
 Urban Geography: it is connected with urban studies and planning.
 Political Geography: it is connected with Political science.
 Its sub-fields are electoral geography, military geography, etc.
 Population Geography It is a field of human geography connected with the demography.
Long answers type of questions
Q18. What do you mean by human geography describe the nature and scope of the human
geography ?
Ans. Man-An active agent. Man is a geographical agent on this earth. Man is an active part of
environment. Man utilises the natural resources to meet his basic needs of food, shelter and
clothing. Man is not a slave of nature, but modifies it to meet its survival and create cultural
environment around themselves which vary from place to place on the earth . Human geography
study about this cultural environment created by men .
According to E.C. Semple, ―Human Geography is a study of the changing relationship between
the unresting man and the unstable earth.
Nature of Human Geography.
 Human Geography aims to study the regional variations of human life on the earth.
 Human and their cultural activities are the subject matter of Human Geography.
 Human Geography explains functional relationship among population, natural resources
and cultural landscape
 Therefore, essence of every subject can be traced in Human Geography.
 Human Geography has a wide scope.
 Its various branches and sub – branches are evolving as applied streams.
 People, resource base, cultural development, man environment adjustment, polity,
economy, electoral processes, strategic aspects, etc. comes within the ambit of Human
Geography.
Question Bank
1. Physical environment has been greatly modified by human beings; it has also, in turn impacted
human lives.‖ Explain the statement. (Delhi 2019)
2. Analyze the ‗behavioural‘ school of thought. (Outside Delhi 2019)
3. Explain the concept of possibilism with suitable examples. (C.B.S.E. 2009, 2013, Delhi 2019)
4. What do you mean by Neo-.determinism? (C.B.S.E 2011)
5. Explain the concept of environmental determinism with suitable examples. (C.B.S.E. 2009,
Delhi 2019)
6. Explain the concept of possibilism with suitable examples. (C.B.S.E. 2009, 2013, Delhi 2019)
7. Nature and humans are inseparable elements‖. Justify the statement with suitable examples.
9
(Delhi 2017)
8. What is the subject matter of the study of human geography? Explain any three facts.(Delhi
2015)
9. Explain with examples of how nature gets humanised. (Delhi 2014)
10. Define ‗Human Geography‘ in your own words. Mention any four fields of Human
Geography. (All India 2013)
11. Explain the concept of ‗Neo Determinism‘ with suitable examples. (All India 2011)
12. How Does technology loosen the shackles of the environment on human beings? Explain
with examples. (HOTS: All CBSE 2010)
Prepared by – Nitin Tripathi, PGT (Geo)

KV CRPF, Ameriogog
Proof read by – Ajay Narayan, PGT (Geo)
KV AFS Borjhar
10
Unit –II
CH2 - The World Population Distribution, Density and
Growth
Mind Map
Crude Birth Rate(
CBR) = Bi/p X1000
The number of people living
Birth
per sq. km. is called density +=
DP =
Migration
10 most populous
countries of the world
about 60% of the world’s
Popul
population Comp Death
ation onen
of
ts
Population distribution Densi Crude Death Rate
refers to the way people (CDR) = D/P X1000
ty
are spaced over the Minerals
earth’s surface Cultu
ral Urbanization
Facto
r
Pattern of Population
Distribution in the world The World

Population
Dem
Physi Availability of
ograp
cal water
hic
Facto
Trans
r
ition
Land, Soil
Climate
Stage II Stage III
Stage I Fertility rate and mortality

decline
Improvement in
Life expectancy sanitization and health Population is either slow or
rate condition stable
High fertility & Decline in fertility & 11
mortality rate reduced mortality rate Better health facility
Gist of the Chapter
 The people of a country are its real wealth.
 The world at the beginning of 21st century recorded the presence of over 6 billion
population.
 According to George B. Cressey about the population of Asia that “Asia has many
places where people are few and few place where people are very many”.
 The term population distribution refers to the way people are spaced over the earth‟s
surface. Broadly, 90 per cent of the world population lives in about 10 per cent of its
land area.
 The 10 most populous countries of the world (China, India, USA, Indonesia, Brazil,
Pakistan, CIS, Bangladesh, Japan and Nigeria) contribute about 60 per cent of the
world‟s population. Of these 10 countries, 6 are located in Asia.
 Migration is movement of people from one place to another for different purposes. It
may be permanent, temporary or seasonal.
 Unemployment, poor living conditions, political turmoil, unpleasant climate, natural
disasters, epidemics and socio- economic backwardness are termed as push factors.
These make place less attractive to live in.
 Better job opportunities and living conditions, peace and stability, security of life and
property and pleasant climate, make a place more attractive to live in. These are
termed as Pull factors.
 The expanding world trade during the 16th and 17th century, rapid population growth
experienced.
 Around 1750, at the dawn of the Industrial Revolution, the world population was 550
million.
 World population exploded in the 18th century after Industrial revolution.
 Change in technology yields in increased agricultural and industrial production,
inoculation technique, improved medical facilities and sanitation contributed to a
rapid decline in death rates throughout the world.
 Disproportionate increase or decline in population has serious repercussion. Decline
in population leads to improper use of resources while uncontrolled population
growth may lead to HIV/AIDS and other deadly diseases and overall decline in living
standard and life expectancy.
 Access to family planning, free availability of contraceptives, improving women‟s
health, creating awareness, etc. Are the measures to control population, however,
natural spacing, increased age at marriage may be some natural measures to address
population growth.
 Thomas Malthus in his theory rightly pointed out that preventive checks(as stated
above) are appreciable than the physical check like, famine, diseases, war, etc.
DENSITY OF POPULATION
 Density of population is usually measured in persons per sq km
Population Density of Population = population/ Area
 Densely populated parts of the world are the North Eastern part of USA, North
Western part of Europe, South- Eastern and East Asia.
 Sparsely populated regions of the world are North and South Poles, the hot and the
cold deserts and high rain fall zones near the Equator.
 Western China Southern India, Norvey, Sweden are some medium populated areas of
the world.
12
FACTORS INFLUENCING THE DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION
Geographical Factors:
 Availability of water- river valleys are among the most densely populated areas of
the world.
 Climate- areas with a comfortable climate, where there is not much seasonal variation
attract more people.Areas with very heavy rainfall or extreme and harsh climates have
low population.
 Soils: areas which have fertile loamy soils have more people living there as these can
support intensive agriculture.
Economic Factors:
 Minerals: Areas with mineral deposits attract industries. Mining and
industrial activities generate employment. So, skilled and semi–skilled
workers move to these areas and make them densely populated. Katanga
Zambia copper belt in Africa is one such good example.
 Urbanisation: Good civic amenities and the attraction of city life draw
people to the cities. It leads to rural to urban migration and cities grow in
size.
 Industrialisation: Industrial belts provide job opportunities and attract
large numbers of people. The Kobe-Osaka region of Japan is thickly
populated because of the presence of a number of industries.
Social and Cultural Factors:
Some places attract more people because they have religious or cultural significance. In the
same way – people tend to move away from places where there is social and political unrest.
POPULATION GROWTH:
 The population growth or population change refers to the change in number of
inhabitants of a territory during a specific period of time
 This change may be positive as well as negative.
 Difference of Births and Deaths gives natural growth while sum total of difference of
Births and deaths and that of in migrants and out migrants is termed as actual growth.
 Positive growth of population takes place if the no. of People increases between two
points of time. It happens when birth is more than the deaths and out-migrants are less
than in-migrants.
 Negative growth of population takes place if the no. of People decreases between two
points of time. It happens when death is more than the birth and out-migrants are
more than in-migrants.
Components of Population Change:
 There are three components of population change – births, deaths and migration.
 The crude birth rate (CBR) is expressed as number of live births in a year per
thousand of population.
It is calculated as: Bi CBR =Bi/p x1000
Here, CBR = Crude Birth Rate; Bi = live births during the year; P=Mid-year
population of the
Area.
 Crude Death Rate (CDR) is a simple method of measuring mortality of any area
. CDR is expressed in terms of number of deaths in a particular year per thousand of
13
population in a particular region.
CDR is calculated as: D CDR = D/ P X 1000
Here, CDR=Crude Death Rate; D= Number of deaths; P=Estimated mid-year
population of that year.
SPATIAL PATTERN OF POPULATION CHANGE:
 The growth of population is low in developed countries as compared to developing
countries. There is negative correlation between economic development and
population growth.
 Although the annual rate of population change (1.4 per cent) seems to be low. it is
actually not so.
 When a small annual rate is applied to a very large population, it will lead to a
large population change.
 Even if the growth rate continues to decline, the total population grows each year.
The infant mortality rate may have increased as has the death rate during
childbirth.
DEMOGRAPHIC TRANSITION:
 Demographic transition theory can be used to describe and predict the future
population of any area. The theory tells us that population of any region changes from
high births and high deaths to low births and low deaths as society progresses from
rural agrarian and illiterate to urban industrial and literate society. These changes
occur in stages which are collectively known as the demographic cycle.
 The first stage has high fertility and high mortality because people reproduce more to
compensate for the deaths due to epidemics and variable food supply. Two hundred
years ago all the countries of the world were in this stage.
 Fertility remains high in the beginning of second stage but it declines with time. This
is accompanied by reduced mortality rate. Improvements in sanitation and health
conditions lead to decline in mortality. Because of this gap the net addition to
population is high.
 In the last stage, both fertility and mortality decline considerably. The population is
either stable or grows slowly. The population becomes urbanised, literate and has
high technical knowledge and deliberately controls the family size
 In the present day, different countries are at different stages of demographic
transition (Refer fig. No. 2.5, p. No. 15, Part-I, Geography, NCERT Text Book).
14
IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (1 MARK)
Q.N.1 How is the actual growth of population calculated?
Ans: Actual growth of population is calculated as;
Birth -Death+ in migration – out migration
Q.N.2 Define the term population distribution.
Ans: The term population distribution refer to the way people are spaced over the earth
surface.
Q.N.3 Which areas of the world have high density of population?
Ans: Fertile plains with favorable climate and highly industrialized and urbanized are
densely populated. Example North Eastern part of USA, North Western part of Europe,
South- Eastern and East Asia.
Q.N.4 Define the term „poverty‟.
Ans: Poverty is the state of deprivation. In absolute terms, it reflects the inability of an
individual to satisfy certain basic needs for a sustained healthy and reasonably productive
living.
Q.N.5.What is the age group of the working population in the world?
Ans: 15 to 59 years
Q.N. 6. Which state of India has the lowest density of population?
Ans: Arunachal Pradesh
Q.N.7. Define the term of “positive growth of population”.
Ans: Positive growth of population takes places when birth rate is more than the death rate
between two points of time or when people from other countries migrate permanently to a
region.
SHORT QUESTIONS (3 MARKS)
Q.1.What is population growth? What does population change indicate for an area?
Ans:
 Population growth and population change refer to the change in the number of
inhabitants of a territory during the specific area of time.
 It is an important indicator of economic development and historical back ground of
the region.
Q.2.What are the component of population change?
Ans:
 There are three component of population change:
 Crude Birth Rate – It is referred to as number of live birth in a year per thousand of
the population. It increases the population.
 Crude Death Rate -- It is referred to as number of death in a particular year per
thousands of the population in a particular region.
15
 Migration - It is a displacement of people from a place of origin to the place of
destination. In migration increases the population. Out migration decreases the population.
Q.3. How did science and technology help in population growth?
Ans:
 The Stream engine replaced human and animal energy and also provided mechanised energy
from other sources and helped in in increasing agricultural and industrial production.
 Improvement in medical facilities, inoculation against epidemics and sanitation helped in the
decline in death rate.
Q.N.4 Describe any three characteristics of the first stage of „Demographic Transition theory‟
Ans:
Characteristics of the first stage of Demographic Transition Theory are as follows:
 The first stage has high fertility and high mortality because people reproduce more to
compensate for the deaths due to epidemics and variable food supply.
 Most of the people are engaged in agriculture where large families are an asset.
 The population growth is slow
Q.N.5 Explain with example any three geographical factors which influence the distribution
of the population in the world.
Ans:
The three geographical factors which influence the distribution of the population in the
 world are as follows:
Availability of Water- it is an essential component for life. The region with
fresh water is the most preferred place to live in. That‟s why places near river
valleys are densely populated.
 Landforms- the region with fertile plain is most populated as compared to
mountainous and hilly areas because these hinder the agricultural and industrial
development.
 Climate- it plays a very important role in population concentration. This is

because area having a moderate climate with moderate rainfall has more
population whereas area with heavy rainfall and harsh climate has low
population.
Q.N.6 “The population of the world is unevenly distributed‟. Explain with two examples.
Ans:
 The population of the world has an uneven pattern of distribution.

(I) About 90% of the world population live in 10% area of the world
(II) 10 most populous countries have about 60% of world population. Like G.B.
Cressey, we can say „world has many places where people are few and few places
where people are very many”.
Q.N.7 What is Crude Death Rate? What are its effects?
Ans:
 Crude death rate (CDR) is expressed as number of deaths in a year per thousand of
population.
CDR is calculated as CDR = DP x 1000
CDR = Crude Death Rate
D = Number of deaths
P = Midyear population
16
 Effects:
It affects mortality rates, and level of economic development.
 An increasing death rate shows a negative growth of population.
Q.N.8. How much density of population is found in densely populated areas, moderately
populated areas and sparsely populated areas? Give two examples of each type.:
Ans:
 The distribution of population is uneven on the earth. Some areas are crowded and
some areas are empty.
 Densely Populated areas. In these areas density of population is more than 200
persons per sq. km. These are N.E. part of U.S.A, N.W. part, of Europe, South,
South-East and East Asia.
 Moderately populated areas. These areas have density of population of 11 to 50
persons per sq. km. These areas are Western China, Southern, India, Norway,
Sweden, etc.
 Sparsely populated areas. These areas have density of 1-10 person per sq. km. These
areas are Tundra, hot and cold deserts, dense forests.
Q.N.9.What do you mean by density of population? What are its types?
Ans:
 Population Density-it refers to a ratio between population and land area in a country.
Types of population density:
 The arithmetic population density. In this the number of people is divided by the total
land area.
 It is the simplest method to understand the degree of concentration of population.
 Although density ignores differences in population distribution within a country or
region taken, it is still a better method to compare population characteristics of the
countries.
 For example, in 2011, the United States population density was relatively low, about
34.1 persons per sq. km while United Kingdom had a population density of 259.4
persons per sq. km.
 Physiological or nutritional density- it is a more refined method of calculating man-
land ratio.
 It is a ratio between total population and total cultivated area or crop land. In
developing countries where subsistence agriculture remains the most important
economic activity, physiological density reflects the intensity of agriculture.
In nearly all the populous developing countries in Asia-including India, Indonesia,

Pakistan and Bangladesh, there is less than one acre (0.4 hectare) of cropland per
person. Exactly, in India 1 hectare of cultivated or cropland supports 5 persons. In
China, each hectare of cropland supports 12 persons, while in USA it is only 1.5
persons per hectare.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5 MARKS):

Q. 1. „There are many places where people are very few places where people are very much in the
world‟. Support the statement with five suitable examples.
Ans:
 The 10 most populous countries contribute about 60% of the world population.
 Out of 10, the 6 most populous countries are located in Asia.
 Six Asian countries contribute 292.93 carore.
17
 N. Eastern part of USA, N, W. part of Europe, S.E & East Asia are densely populated with
more than 200 Person per sq. km.
 Area near the North & South poles, the hot and the cold desert and high rain fall zones near
the Equator have density of population with less than 1 person per sq. km.
Q. 2. The people of a country are its real wealth why?
Ans:
The people of a country are its real wealth because of
 The intellectual people of country make use of its resources
 They are capable to develop science & technology through their acquired knowledge.
 They play an important role in economic development of country and in providing strength
to its economy.
 Economy development is extremely important for socio cultural development.
 People of a country exhibit their efficiency in maintaining political stability in the country.
 They make efficient policies through their efficient leadership for welfare of one and all
.
Q.N.4 Explain with examples any five factor that affect the population distribution of India?
Ans: Following factor that affect the population distribution of India;

Geographical Factors:
 Availability of water - Areas having high rain fall or having good facilities of
irrigation are densely populated so river valleys are among the most densely
populated areas of the world.
 On other hand areas having low rain fall and there is no facilities of irrigation are least
populated.
 Climate - Areas with a comfortable climate, where there is not much seasonal
variation attract more people.Areas with very heavy rainfall or extreme and harsh
climates have low population.
 Soils- areas which have fertile loamy soils have more people living there as these can
support intensive agriculture so people prefer to settle in the areas of fertile land.
 ExampleThe Ganga Basin.
Economic Factors:
 Minerals: Areas with mineral deposits attract industries. Mining and
industrial activities generate employment. So, skilled and semi–skilled
workers move to these areas and make them densely populated.
 Katanga Zambia copper belt in Africa is one such good example.
 Urbanisation: Good civic amenities and the attraction of city life draw
people to the cities.
 It leads to rural to urban migration and cities grow in size.
 Industrialisation: Industrial belts provide job opportunities and attract large
numbers of people.
 The Kobe-Osaka region of Japan is thickly populated because of the
presence of a number of industries.
Q.N.5.What is the meaning of density of population? Examine the four geographical factors
that influence the distribution of the population in the world with suitable examples.
Ans:
18
 Population density refers to a ratio between the total population and the total
land area in a country.
 A density of population is an important measure to analyse population
distribution.
 Geographical factors that influence the distribution of the population in the
world are:
 Relief Features - relief is the most important physical factor influencing the
distribution of a population.
 High mountains, rugged terrain and some of the plateaus restrict human
settlements.
 Plains - river valley has fertile soil. The plain area provides a better living
condition. The nature of surface permits a wider scope for agriculture
industries, transport and urbanisation.
 Climate - it has a direct influence on human beings. Man refers to live in
normal conditions of temperature and rainfall.
 Excessive heat, cold, dryness or wetness restrict the human population. Apart
from human health, climate affects agriculture also.
 Asia, North-West Europe and North America are areas of dense population.
 Soil -it is an important factor for the survival of humanity.
 Fertile soil supports agriculture.
 High degree of population concentration in South-East Asia is primarily due to
fertile soil.
 Most of the world‟s fertile soil is found in the river valley of Ganga, Indus,
Huang Ho, Mississippi, etc.
QUESTION BANK
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (1 MARK)
1. Give the meaning of „Crude BIRTH Rate‟ (CBR).(CBSE 2013)
2. Which continent has the highest growth rate of India?(CBSE 2012)
3. Define the term density of population.(CBSE 2012)
4. Which country in the world has the height growth rate of population? CBSE
5. Which country has the lowest sex ratio of the world? (CBSE 2011)
6. Which state of India has the lowest density of population?(CBSE 2011)
7. Define the term „Population Growth‟.( CBSE 2012)
8. Differentiate between growth and development. (CBSE 2018)
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (3 MARKS)
1. Explain with examples the three economic factors influencing the population
distribution in the world. ( CBSE 2011 , 2015)
2. Describe in brief the social consequences of migration in India. (CBSE 2009)
3. Which are the two components of population growth in India? Describe the main
features of each movements. (CBSE 2010)
4. Describe any three characteristics of the last stage of „Demographic Transition Theory‟.
(All India 2014)
5. Explain with example any three geographical factors which influence the distribution of
the population in the world. (Delhi 2008_
19
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5 MARKS:)
1. Explain with examples any five factor that affect the population distribution of India? (CBSE
2011)
2. „There are many places where people are very few and few places where people are much in
the world „Support the statement with five suitable examples. (CBSE EXAM MODEL)
3. The people of a country are its real wealth why? (CBSE 2014)
4. „90 percent of the world population lives in about 10 percent of its total land area, where as
the remaining 10 percent resides in the 90 percent of its total land area „ Support this
statement with suitable example.(Delhi 2017)
5. „What is demographic cycle‟? Describe three stages of Demographic Transition Theory?
6. When positive population growth does takes place? Explain the geographical factors that
influence the distribution of the population in the world. (HOTS: Delhi 2015)
7. What is the meaning of density of population? Examine the four geographical factors that
influence the distribution of the population in the world with suitable examples. (Delhi 2017)
8. Explain three economic and two social and cultural factors influencing the distribution of the
population in the world. CBSE 2015
9. Explain the three components of population change in the world. Analyse the impacts of
population change. Delhi 2014
Map-Based Questions:
10. On the political outline map of the world identify:

A. The country with the lowest density of population in Asia. (Delhi 2016)
B. Name the country with the smallest population of Asia. (Delhi 2016)
C. The country with the highest growth rate of population in Asia. (All India 2014)
D. The country with the lowest growth rate of population (1995-2000) in Asia. (Delhi
2014)
20
Answer:
11.
On the political map of the world identify:
A. A country having the highest density of population in Asia. Delhi 2013
B. A country having the largest population in Europe, ail India 2010
C. A country having the lowest density of population in Africa. All India 2009
D. A country having the lowest population growth in Africa. Delhi 2009
21
Answer:
Prepared By: Proof Read By:

Sh Rakesh Kumar, PGT (Geography) Sh Ajay Narayan, PGT (Geography)
KV Digaru KV AFS Borjhar
22
Unit No. II
Chapter No. 4: Human Development
Mind Map
Growth Development
(May be positive or (Positive change over
negative change over time, like enhancing
time, like growth of knowledge)
population)
facilities
(Equal Access for All)
(Power to make choices)

Empowerment
(Ability to do work)
Sustainability
Productivity
continuity)
(Available
Equity
Four Pillars of Human Development

Human Development
(Dr. Mahbub-ul-Haq)
Income Welfare Basic Need Capability

Approach Approach Approach Approach
(More income, more (Govt. expenditure on (Six basic needS of the (increasing ability of
development) welfare of the people) people) the people)
23
Gist of the Lesson
 Growth – Positive or it may be negative change and it is quantity based.
 Development – It is always positive change or qualitative change.
 Concept of Human Development – Dr. Mahbub-ul-Haq introduced this concept
based on some criteria that enlarges people’s choice and improve lifestyle.
 Goal of human development: to create meaningful life of the people.
 Meaningful life: long, healthy and purposeful life enabling people to achieve their
goal.
 Dr. Mahbub-ul-Haq and Prof. Amartya Sen: architect of human development
index.
 Human Development (key areas): Access to resources, health, and education
 Four pillars of human development: equity, sustainability, productivity, and
empowerment.
 Equity: equal opportunity for everyone and equitable distribution of resources.
 Sustainability: equal opportunity for everybody continuously. Environmental
concern and preservation for future generation.
 Productivity: increasing ability within the people to do work fruitfully.
 Empowerment: power to make choices.
 Approaches to human development: income approach, welfare approach, basic
needs approach and capability approach.
 Income approach: oldest approach – high income means high development.
 Welfare approach: Government expenditure on welfare purposes – like health,
education.
 Basic needs approach: this concept was proposed by ILO (International Labour
Organization) which focuses six basic needs (health, water, food, water supply,
sanitation, and housing).
 Capability approach: this approach is associated with Prof. Amartya Sen which
states that for ensuring human development access to resources, education, and
health facilities.
 Measuring of human development: Countries rank in terms of HDI value ranges
from ‘0 to 1’ based on access to resources, education, and health facilities.
 HDI report publish by UNDP (United Nations Development Programme) every
year.
 GNH: Gross National Happiness(Bhutan)
 International Comparisons:
 High HDI countries (above 0.8 HDI value): includes 57 countries (As per HDI
report 2005 - TOP TEN – 1. Norway, 2. Iceland, 3. Australia, 4. Luxembourg, 5.
Canada, 6. Sweden 7. Switzerland, 8. Ireland, 9. Belgium, and 10. United States)
 Medium HDI countries (0.5 to 0.799 HDI value): includes 88 countries having
higher social diversity.
24
 Low HDI countries (below 0.5 HDI value): includes 32 countries where civil
war, famine, high incident of diseases is common in these countries.
Important Questions
1 Mark Questions:
Q. Which of the following points correctly defines the term growth?

a. Refer to change over a period.
b. Quantitative and value neutral
c. May be positive or negative
d. All the above
Ans. (d)
Q. Which of the following is the meaning of development?

a. Negative as well as positive
b. Qualitative change which is always value positive
c. When there is quantitative change, development takes place
d. None of the above
Ans. (b)
Q. Which of the only criterion was used earlier for many decades to measure a
country’s level of development?
a. In terms of its economic growth
b. In terms of increased literacy
c. In terms of increasing basic amenities
d. In terms of more expenditure in the field of education
Ans. (a)
Q. Which of the following economists developed the concept of Human Development?
a. Amartya Sen
b. Kailash Satyarthi
c. Muhammad Yunus
d. Dr. Mehboob-ul-Haq
Ans. (d)
Q. Which of the following is an important aspect of Human Development?

a. Quality of life people enjoy in a country
b. Availability of opportunities
c. Freedoms they enjoy
d. All the above
Ans. (d)
Q. According to Dr. Mehboob-ul-Haq, which of the following is central point to all

development?
a. Basic infrastructure
b. People
c. Stress on education
25
d. All above
Ans. (b)
Q. Which of the following point was mainly taken into consideration regarding human
development described by Dr. Mehboob-ul-Haq?
a. Development that enlarges people choices
b. Continuous growth of country’s economy
c. Development of basic infrastructure
d. Development of educational facilities
Ans. (a)
Q. How can we measure the access to resources?

a. Purchasing power in U.S. Dollars
b. Per Capita Income
c. Gross income of country
d. Living standard of people
Ans. (a)
Q. Consider the following points, evaluate them, and choose the correct option from the
given options:
1. Assertion: High level of human development group has 55 countries.
2. Reason: A higher investment in people and good governance has set this group apart from
others.
Options:
a. Both statements are true, statement 2 does not explain statement 1 correctly
b. Both statements are true and statement 2 very correctly explains the statement 1
c. Both statements 1 and 2 are wrong.
d. Both Statements are invalid
Ans. (b)
Q. Read the following source and answer the questions that follow:
The concept of development is dynamic and has evolved during the second half of twentieth
century. In the post-World War II era, the concept of development was synonymous to
economic growth which is measured in terms of temporal increase in Gross National Product
(GNP) and per capita income/ per capita consumption. But even the countries having high
economic growth, experienced speedy rise in poverty because of its unequal distribution. So,
in 1970s, the phrases such as redistribution with growth and growth and equity were
incorporated in the definition of development. While dealing with the questions related to
redistribution and equity, it was realised that the concept of development cannot be restricted
to the economic sphere alone. It also includes the issues such as improving the well-being and
living standard of people, availing of the health, education and equality of opportunity, and
ensuring political and civil rights. By 1980s, development emerged as a concept
encapsulating wide-spread improvement in social as well as material well-being of all in a
society.
1 – Explain the meaning of development.
2 – Explain the basic differences between ‘growth’ and ‘development’.
3 – Define the term ‘sustainable development’.
26
Ans:
1 – Development is a qualitative change over a period of time.
2 - Growth is quantitative and development is qualitative change over a period of time.
3 – Development with environmental concern and resources preservation for future
generation.
3 marks questions:
Q. Differentiate between growth and development.
Ans:
Growth Development
1. Quantitative aspect – like height, 1. Qualitative aspect – like behaviour,
weight. efficiency, knowledge.
2. Time limit process. 2. Lifelong process.
3. Part of development. 3. Development may be possible
through proper growth.
Q. “The basic goal of development is to create conditions where the people can live
meaningful life” – What do you mean by meaningful life?
Ans: A meaningful life is not just a long life, it also includes –
 Healthy life.
 Purposeful life
 Free to achieve their goal
 Able to develop their talent.
Q. Write about THREE key areas of human development.
Ans: Explain about –
 Access to resources
 Education and
 Health
Q. Explain any THREE points out of four pillars of human development.
Ans: Explanation about –
 Equity
 Sustainability
 Productivity
 Empowerment (any THREE points)
Q. Briefly explain about sustainability as the pillar of human development.
27
Ans: Sustainability includes –
 Continuity in availability of opportunity.

 Development with environmental concern.
 Stop misusing of resources
 Preservation of resources for future generation.
Q. Write a short note on GNH.
Ans: Bhutan is only one country in the world to proclaimed gross national happiness (GNH)
as an indicator of human development.
 Happiness in cultural life

 Happiness in spiritual life
 Non-materialistic peace
5 marks questions:
Q. Discuss about the four pillars of human development.
Ans: Equity, sustainability, productivity, and empowerment
 Equity:
 Equal opportunity for all
 No discrimination based on gender, caste, religion etc.
 Sustainability:
 Continuity in availability of opportunity.
 Development with environmental concern.
 Stop misusing of resources
 Preservation of resources for future generation.
 Productivity:
 Increasing ability of the people to do work.
 Making people as resources of the country.
 Increasing efficiency
 Empowerment:
 power to make choices
 increasing freedom
 increasing capability
Q. Explain several approaches to human development.
Ans:
 Income approach: oldest approach – high income means high development.

 Welfare approach: Government expenditure on welfare purposes – like health,
education.
28
 Basic need approach: this concept proposed by ILO (International Labour
Organization) – human development indicates based on six basic needs (health,
water, food, water supply, sanitation, and housing).
 Capability approach: this approach associates with Prof. Amartya Sen – access
to resources, education, and health facilities.
Q. Distinguish between several countries based on HDI value with example.
Ans:
 High HDI countries (above 0.8 HDI value): Explanation with name of Countries
like - 1. Norway (HDI-0.96), 2. Switzerland (HDI- 0.95), 3. Ireland (0.95)
 Medium HDI countries (0.5 to 0.799 HDI value): Explanation with name of
countries
 Low HDI countries (below 0.5 HDI value): includes 32 countries where civil
war, famine, high incident of diseases is common in these countries.
Important Points for Map Pointing

Q. Identify the location of the following places for map pointing on world map:
High HDI countries:
1. Norway
2. Denmark
3. Switzerland
Low HDI countries:
1. Nigeria
2. United Arab Emirates
29
Question Bank
1 (One) Mark Questions:
Q.1 Development is –
a) Positive change over a period of time

b) Quantitative aspect.
c) Both above
d) Positive or negative change over a period of time
Q.2 Growth is –
a) Qualitative aspect
b) Positive or negative change over a period of time
c) Lifelong process
d) Above all are correct
Q.3 Which one of the following approaches supports bigger economy means more developed
country”
a) Income approach
b) Welfare approach
c) Basic need approach
d) Capability approach
Q.4 Who introduced the concept of human development?
a) Dr. Mahbub-ul-Haq
30
b) Prof. Amartya Sen
c) Both above
d) None of the above
Q.5 When Dr. Mahbub-ul-Haq created Human Development Index?
a) 1960
b) 1970
c) 1980
d) 1990
Q.6 Which one of the following is basic goal of development?
a) Quantitative development
b) To create meaningful life
c) To increase more income
d) Above all
Q.7 ___ published HDI report each year
a) UNESCO
b) WHO
c) UNDP
Q.8 Empowerment indicates –
a) To have the power to make choices.

b) To have the power to make more income
c) To have the power of control
d) Above all
Q.9 HDI value ranges from -.
a) 0–1
b) 1–2
c) 2–3
d) 1–5
Q.10 Which one of the following statements is correct explanation about ‘equity’?
a) All male, female, upper-lower castes are equal

b) Equal access to opportunities available to everybody
c) All the peoples have equal political power
Q.11 Which one of the following countries has the high rank in terms of HDI?
a) Pakistan
31
b) India
c) Switzerland
d) Bangladesh
Q.12 Expand UNDP.
a) United Nations Development Programme

b) United Nations Development Policy
c) United Nations Development Project
d) Union of Nation for Development Policy
Q.13 __ HDI value countries are considered as high developed country.
a) Above 1
b) Above 0.8
c) Above 0.5
d) Between 0.5 – 0.79
Q.14 Which one of the following countries proclaimed GNH as the measure of countries
progress?
a) Japan
b) Sweden
c) Bhutan
d) Sri Lanka
Q.15 Which one of the following approaches proposed by ILO?
a) Income approach
b) Welfare approach
c) Basic need approach
d) Capability approach
3 Marks Questions:
Q.1 Differentiate between growth and development.
Q.2 Explain the key areas of human development.
Q.3 Briefly explain about the oldest approaches to human development.
Q.4 Write a short note on GNH(Gross Happiness index).
Q.5 Classify countries based on HDI(Human Development Index) values.
5 Marks Questions:
Q.1 Discuss about the four pillars of human development.
32
Q.2 How is ‘sustainability’ considered as important pillar of human development? – Explain
with suitable example.
Q.3 Discuss about several approaches to human development.
Previous Years Board Questions
1-mark questions:
Q.1 Map pointing: A country having lowest rank in human development index. (CBSE-All
India, 2015)
Q.2 Define human development. (CBSE-All India, 2016)
Q.3 Differentiate between growth and development. (CBSE-All India, 2018)
Q.4 Differentiate between growth and development. (CBSE-All India and Delhi Set-I, 2019)
Q.5 Which one of the following approaches of human development is oldest one?
a) Income approach
b) Basic need approach
c) Welfare approach
d) Capability approach (CBSE-All India, 2021 Main and Compartment)
Q.6 Which one of the following describes the meaning of empowerment?
a) To have the power to make choices

b) Continuity in the availability of opportunity
c) Leading long and healthy life
d) Access to resources (CBSE-2021-All India)
Q.7 Who developed the concept of human development? (CBSE-All India, 2022 Term-I)
Q.8 Which one of the following best describes human development?
a) A positive change in quality

b) A positive change in quantity
c) It is measurable
d) It may be positive or negative. (CBSE-All India, 2022 Term-I)
Q.9 Who among the following is related to capability approach?
a) Dr. Mahbul-ul-Haq
b) Prof. Amartya Sen
c) UNDP
d) None of the above (CBSE-All India, 2022 Term-I)
33
3 marks questions:
Q.1 Explain any three human values which are required to empower socially and
economically disadvantaged people. (CBSE-All India, 2013)
Q.2 Read the following source and answer the questions that follow: (CBSE-2022, Source
Based Questions, 1+1+1=3 marks)
The concept of development is dynamic and has evolved during the second half of twentieth
century. In the post-World War II era, the concept of development was synonymous to
economic growth which is measured in terms of temporal increase in Gross National Product
(GNP) and per capita income/ per capita consumption. But even the countries having high
economic growth, experienced speedy rise in poverty because of its unequal distribution. So,
in 1970s, the phrases such as redistribution with growth and growth and equity were
incorporated in the definition of development. While dealing with the questions related to
redistribution and equity, it was realised that the concept of development cannot be restricted
to the economic sphere alone. It also includes the issues such as improving the well-being and
living standard of people, availing of the health, education, and equality of opportunity, and
ensuring political and civil rights. By 1980s, development emerged as a concept
encapsulating wide-spread improvement in social as well as material well-being of all in a
society.
1 – Explain the meaning of development.
2 – Explain the basic differences between ‘growth’ and ‘development’.
3 – Define the term ‘sustainable development’.
5 marks questions:
Q.1 Explain the concept of human development. Elaborate how the idea of human
development is supported by concepts of equity, sustainability, productivity, and
empowerment. (CBSE-All India, 2020)
Q. 2 What is human development? Analyse the four pillars of human development( (CBSE –
Delhi Set-I, 2017 and Delhi Set-III, 2014)
Prepared By: Proof Read By:

Parimal Ray, PGT(Geography) Ajay Narayan, PGT(Geography)
KV Diphu KV AFS Borjhar
34
Unit –III
Chapter-5 (Primary Activities)
Mind Map
Pastoralism
Hunting and gathering 1. Herders depend on animals for food, transport, and shelter
1. The earliest human beings depend on their immediate and clothing.
environment for their sustenance. 2. Keep on moving from one place to another along with their
2. They subsisted on: (a) animals which they hunted; and animals.
(b) the edible plants which they gathered from forests in 3. Each nomadic community occupies a well identified territory.
the vicinity Variety of animals are kept indifferent regions
3. Primitive societies depend on hunting and gathering
Subsistence agriculture PRIMARY

ACTIVITIES
Agricultur
Intensive Primitive subsistence e
subsistence agriculture
agriculture
1.Mainly practiced in the
1. Dominated by tropics especially in Extensive commercial grain cultivation
crops other than Africa, South east Asia 1 Practiced in the interior parts of semi erid and mid
paddy. and central America. latitudes regions.
2. This type of 2. Important crops are Wheat, Oats, Barley, Rye etc.
2. Land holdings
agriculture is dominance 3.Require large farms and modern machines.
are small due to
high density of of the paddy crop.
population. Plantation agriculture
1. Introduced by European colonies. 2.
Market gardening and horticulture Tea, coffee, cocoa, rubber, cotton, sugarcane, etc. are
1. It cultivates high value crops such as vegetables, fruits important crops
and flowers.
2. It is capital intensive. Dairy farming
3. Required good irrigation system, HYV seeds, 1. most advanced and efficient type of rearing of
fertilizers, insecticides, greenhouse and artificial heating milch animals
in colder region. 2. 2.Required Animal sheds, storage, fodder
facilities and milching Machine
.3. It is capital intensive.
Factory farming
1. Factory farming is also practiced in NW Europe
Mediterranean agriculture
2. It consists of poultry farming livestock rearing
1. Practiced in countries on either sides of Mediterranean
3. They are fed on factory feedstuff and carefully fruit se in Europe and North America.
2. This region is important suppliers of citrus
Cooperative farming
1. A group of farmers form a society Collective farming
2. Pool their resources to get more profit 1. Social owner ship for means of production and labour
3. Individual farms remain intact 2. It is also called as Kolkhoz3. It was introduced in
4. Farming is a matter of cooperative erstwhile USSR
5. Practiced in Denmark, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden 3. Exceptional work is rewarded by the government
& Italy
MINING
Methods of mining
Surface /opencast mining
35 Underground/shaft mining
GIST OF THE CHAPTER
Hunting and gathering:
1. The earliest human beings depend on their immediate environment for their sustenance.
2. They subsisted on: (a) animals which they hunted; and (b) the edible plants which they
gathered from forests in the vicinity.
3. Oldest occupation, practiced in harsh climatic conditions
4. Depend on animals, for food, shelter and clothing
5. Practiced in High latitude areas such as Eurasia, Southern Chile. Low latitude such as
Pastoralism
Nomadic Herding: 1. herders depend on animals for food, transport, and shelter and clothing.
2. Keep on moving from one place to another along with their animals.
3. Each nomadiccommunity occupies a well identified territory.
4. Variety of animals are kept indifferent regions
5. Sahara and Asiatic deserts: sheep, goat, and camel, Tibet: yak, Andes: llamas, arctic region:
Reindeer
Commercial livestock rearing:
1. It is more organized
2. Capital intensive
3. Practiced in permanent ranches
4. Larger areas and divided in to parcels
5. Animals are sheep, cattle, goats and horses and products are meat, wool, hides and skin
5. Practiced in New Zealand, Australia Argentina Uruguay and USA.
Agriculture
Types of agriculture
Subsistence agriculture
(a) Primitive subsistence agriculture
(b) Intensive subsistence agriculture
Primitive subsistence agriculture:
1. Also called shifting cultivation/ slash and burn agriculture
2. Practiced by tribes in topics
3. Land holdings are small
4. Do not use fertilizers
5. Change the land frequently, After5 years they come back again.
6. It is called Jhuming in N.E. India, Milpa in South America, Ladang in Malaysia
Intensive subsistence agriculture:
1. Found in density populated areas
2. There are two types
1. Intensive subsistence agriculture dominated by wet paddy cultivation:
(a) Dominated by rice crop,
(b) Land holdings are very small
(c) Family labor is used
(d) Less use of machine
(e) Manual labor is used
(f) Farm yard manure is used
(g) Yield per unit is high but per labor is low
36
2. Intensive subsistence agriculture dominated by other crops.
(a) Depends on climate, soil, relief other crops are cultivated.
(b) Mainly practiced in SE Asia.
(c) Wheat, barley, soya bean, sorghum is cultivated
(d) In India wheat is grown in western parts of Ganga plain
(e) Millets are grown in western parts of south India
Plantation agriculture:
1. Introduced by Europeans
2. Found in tropics
3. Important crops are tea, coffee, cocoa, rubber, cotton, oil palm, sugarcane, banana, &pine
apples
4. Large estates, capital, managerial, technical support
5. Scientific methods of cultivation
6. Single crop specialization,
7. Cheap labour
8. Good system of transport
9. Export oriented
Extensive commercial grain cultivation
1. Practiced in semiarid land of mid latitudes
2. Wheat is the main crop
3. Corn, barley oats and rye are grown
4. Large land holdings
5. Machines are used
6. Low yield per acre but high yield per person
7. Practiced in prairies, pampas, veldts, down, Canterbury plains.
Dairy farming:
1. Most advanced and efficient type of animal rearing
2. Highly capital intensive
3. Animal shed, storage facilities, mulching machines are used
4. Special emphasis is laid on breeding health care
5. Highly labour intensive
6. No off season
7. Practiced nearby urban areas and industries
8. Development of transportation, refrigerationpasteurizationhas increased the marketing
Mediterranean agriculture:
1. Highly specialized commercial agriculture
2. Practicedin the countries around Mediterranean Sea also central Chile, SW Africa,SW
Australia& California
3. It is an important supplier of citrus fruits
4. Viticulture is specialized in this region
5. Best quality wine is produced from grapes
6. Low quality grapes are used for raisins, and currants
7. Olives and figs are also grown
Market gardening and horticulture:
1. Vegetable, fruits and flowers are grown
2. Small farms, located nearby urban areas
37
3. Good transportation is required
4. Labor and capital intensive
5. Use of irrigation, HYV seeds, fertilizers & pesticides are used
6. Practiced in NW Europe, NE USA & Mediterranean regions
7. Netherlands is famous in growing tulips flower
8. The regions where vegetable is grown is called Truck Farming
Factory farming:
1. Factory farming is also practiced in NW Europe
2. It consists of poultry farming livestock rearing
3. Heavy capital investments
4. Veterinary services, heating and lightning is provided
5. Breed selection and scientific breeding is important feature
Cooperative farming:
1. A group of farmers form a society
2. Pool their resources to get more profit
3. Farming is a matter of cooperative initiative
4. Societies help farmers in getting agriculture inputs
5. Practiced in Denmark, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden & Italy
Collective farming:
1. It is also called as Kolkhoz
2. It was introduced in erstwhile USSR
3. Farmers pool their resources like land, livestock andlabour
4. Excess produce is distributed among the farmers
5. Exceptional work is rewarded by the government
Mining:
1. There are stages of minerals copper age, Bronze Age, Iron Age
2. Actual development is started with the industrialization
Factors affection mining activity:
1. Physical factors such as size, grade, and mode of occurrence of mineral
2. Economic factors such as demand for mineral, technology available, capital, labor, and
transportation
Methods of mining:
1. Depend on mode of occurrence of mineral there are two types of mining
A. Surface /opencast mining
1. Easiest, and cheapest mining
2. Occur close to the surface
3. Low safety precautions
4. Large and quick output
B. Underground/shaft mining
1. Minerals are extracted and sent to surface
2. It requires specialized drills, lifts, haulage vehicles, ventilation systems
3. This method is risky poisonous gases, fires, floods and caving leads to accidents
4. It requires large investment
5. Developed countries are showing less interest but developing countries are moreinterest due to
large labor availability
38
IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
MCQs , ASSERTION-REASONING, CASE BASED QUESTION AND ANSWER
1. Human activities which generate income are known as -

Ans: Economic activities
2. People engaged in primary activities are called -
Ans: Red collar worker
3. Which activities are directly depended on environment?
Ans: Primary Activities
4. Which is the oldest economic activity?
Ans: Hunting and Gathering
5. Chicle is made from the milky juice of
Ans: Zapota
6. Which activity is known as domestication of animals?
Ans: Pastoralism
7. What causes the decline in the number of pastoral nomads?
Ans: Imposition of political boundaries & Settlement plans
8. Which type of pastoralism is more organized and capital intensive?
Ans: Commercial Livestock Rearing
9. In which activity only one type of animal is reared?
Ans: Commercial Livestock Rearing
10. Transhumance takes place in which activity?
a) Hunting b) Gathering c) Pastoralism d. Plantation
Ans. c
11. Which type of agriculture is marked by the use of primitive tools also known as shifting
cultivation?
a) Intensive subsistence agricultureb) Commercial grain farming
c) Primitive subsistence agriculture d) Hunting
Ans. c
12. In which of the following regions extensive commercial grain cultivation is not practiced?
a) American and Canadian prairesb) Pampas of Argentina
c) European steppes d) Amazon basin
Ans. d
13. Which one of the following doesn‟t follow monoculture?
a) Dairy farming b) Plantation agriculture
c) Mixed farming d) Commercial grain farming
Ans. c
14. Nomadic herders relied on animals for all the things expect one. Find out the odd one.
(a) Food (b) Clothing(c) Transport(d) Entertainment
Ans. d
15. Animals farms are called
(a) Ranches (b) Houses (c) Pastures(d) Camp
Ans. a
16. Which of the following is not a Plantation crop.
39
(a) Rubber (b) Banana (c) Coffee (d) Millets.
Ans. d
17. There are three main regions of commercial dairy farming. Find out the wrong one.
(a) North Western Europe(b) Western Australia
(c) Canada(d) South Eastern Australia.
Ans. b
18. Workers engaged in dairy farming get……….off season in a year
(a) One (b) No(c) two(d) Half
Ans.b
19. What is Viticulture?
(a) Olive cultivation(b) Orange cultivation
(c) Grape cultivation (d) Banana cultivation.
Ans. c
20. What is truck farming?
(a) Tulip farming (b) Fruit farming(c) Vegetable farming (d) Wheat farming.
Ans.c
21. In which of the following types of agriculture is the farming of citrus fruit very important?
(a) Market gardening(b) Plantation agriculture
(c) Mediterranean agriculture (d) Co-operative farming
Ans. c
22. Which one of the following does not follow monoculture?
(a) Dairy farming(b) Mixed farming
(c) Plantation farming(d) Commercial grain farming
Ans.b
23. In which one of the following regions is extensive commercial grain cultivation not
practised?
(a) American Canadian prairies(b) European Steppes
(c) Pampas of Argentina(d) Amazon basin
Ans. d
24. In which country, the Dutch had monoply over sugarcane plantation?
(a) Malaysia (b) Indonesia (c) India (d) West Indies
Ans.b
25. Rearing of livestock, particularly poultry and cattle on scientific lines is called
(a) Truck farming (b) Factory farming (c) Mixed farming (d) Floriculture.
Ans. b
26. Underground mining method (shaft method) is risky on account of
(a) Poisonous gases(b) Fires and floods (c) Caving in (d) All of the above.
Ans. d
27. The minerals in the ancient times were not used for the making of
(a) Utensils (b) Tools(c) Vehicles (d) Weapons.
Ans. C
28. The name of the part of the chewing gum after the flavour is gone, is called Chicle-it is
made from the milky juice of……
(a) Zapota(b) Rubber(c) Babul(d) Coconut tree
Ans. a
29…….. Type of cultivation was developed by European colonist.
40
(a) Kolkhoz(b) Mixed farming (c) Viticulture(d) Plantation
Ans. d
30. In which of the following countries, cooperative farming became very successful?
(a) Sweden (b) Denmark(c) Finland(d) Norway.
Ans.b
31. Slash and burn agriculture is known by different names in different areas. In North
Eastern India, it is known as run
(a) Ladang(b) Milpato(c) Jhuming(d) Roca
Ans.c
32. The earliest human beings depended on……….. for their sustenance.
(a) Agriculture (b) forestry (c) Hunting and gathering(d) quarrying

Ans. b
33. People engaged in primary activities are called

(a) Blue collar workers (b) Red collar workers
(c) Grey collar workers (d) White collar workers
Ans. b
34. Many species of animals have become extinct due to
(a) Forest fires(b) lack of food (c) killing each other(d) poaching
Ans. d
35. The bark of the tree is used for the following products except one. Find the wrong one.
(a) Quinine(b) Tannin extract (c) cosmetics (d) cork
Ans. C
SECTION B
(A = ASSERTION AND R = REASON)
1. Consider the following statements and choose the correct answer
1. Commercial grain cultivation is practised in the interior parts of semi-arid lands of the
mid-latitudes.
2. There is high yield per acre but low yield per person.
Options
a) Only 1 is correct.
b) Only 2 is correct
c) Both the statements are incorrect
d) Both statements are correct and statement 2 correctly explains the statement
Ans. a
1. Dairy farming is highly capital intensive.
2. Animal sheds, storage facilities for fodder, feeding and milching machines add to the
cost of dairy farming.
Options
41
Ans. d
1. Market gardening and horticulture is practiced near urban areas
2. High income group of consumers are located in urban areas.
Options
Ans. d
1. The regions where farmers specialise in vegetables only, the farming is known
as truck farming.
2. The distance of truck farms from the market is governed by the distance that a
truck can cover overnight, hence the name truck farming.
Options
Ans. d

1. Collective farming or the model of Kolkhoz was introduced in erstwhile Soviet
Union
2. To improve upon the inefficiency of the previous methods of agriculture and to
boost agricultural production for self-sufficiency.
Options
Ans.d
6.Consider the following statements and choose the correct answer
1. The surface mining also known as open-cast mining is the easiest and the
cheapest way of mining minerals that occur close to the surface.
2. Surface mining is risky.
Options
Ans. A
Assertion: The number of pastoral nomads has been decreasing and the area operated by
them shrinking.
42
Reason: This is due to the new political boundaries and new settlement plans by different
countries.
(a) A is true and R is the correct reason for A.
(b) A is true and R is not the correct reason for A.
(c) A is true and R is false.
(d) A is false and R is true.
Ans. a
Assertion: In Slash and Burn agriculture, farmers clear a patch of forest and start growing starts
cultivating there. crops. After few years, the farmer abandons that patch and moves to another
patch and
: This type of farming is common in Northeast India and is called Milpa here.
Ans. c
Assertion: Several countries of Africa and few South America and Asia have over fifty percent
of the earnings from minerals alone.08691
A (6)
Reason: The developed countries are retreating from mining, processing and refining of minerals
due to high labour costs.
(a) A is true and R is false
(c) Both A and R are true
(b) A is true and R is false
(d) Both A and R are false
Ans.c
Assertion: The overhead costs such as safety precautions and equipment is low in case of Open
Cast mining.
Reason: Open cast mining requires specially designed lifts, drills, haulage vehicles for safety and
efficient movement of people and materials.
Ans. c
Assertion: Individual farms remain intact and farming is a matter of cooperative initiative.
Reason: The basic principle behind this type of farming is based on social ownership of the
means of production and collective labour.
Which of the following statements hold true for Cooperative Farming?
(a) Only A is true
(b) Only R is true
(c) Both X and Y is true
43
(d) Both X and Y is false.
Ans. a

Assertion: In Market Gardening, farms are small and located where there are good transport link
with urban areas.
Reason: Market Gardening specializes in the cultivation of high value crops such as
vegetables, fruits and flowers for the urban markets.
Ans.a
13. Assertion: Best quality wines in the world are produced from high quality grapes in
various countries of Mediterranean region.
Reason: Viticulture is a specialty of the Mediterranean region.
Ans. a
Assertion: Dairy farming is the most advanced and efficient type of rearing of milch animals.
Reason: The development of transportation, refrigeration, pasteurization and other preservation
processes have increased the duration of storage of various dairy goods
Ans. a
Assertion: In Intensive subsistence agriculture, the yield per unit area is high but
labour productivity is low.
Reason: The landholdings are small and most of the farm operations are done bylabour.
Ans. A
SECTION-C: CASE BASED QUESTION AND ANSWER
1. Depending on the mode of occurrence and the nature of the ore, mining is of two types:
surface and underground mining. The surface mining is the easiest and the cheapest way
of mining as minerals that occur close to the surface. Overhead costs such as safety
precautions and equipment is relatively low in this method. When the ore lies deep below
44
the surface, underground mining method has to be used. In this method, vertical shafts
have to be sunk, from where underground galleries radiate to reach the minerals. Minerals
are extracted and transported to the surface through these passages. It requires specially
designed lifts, drills, haulage vehicles, ventilation system for safety and efficient
movement of people and material. This method is risky.
1. Which type of mining is also known as open-cast mining?
a) Underground mining
b) Shaft mining
c) Surface mining
d) Sea bed mining
2. In which type of mining the output is large and rapid?
a) Underground mining
b) Opencast mining
c) Shaft mining
3. What type of accidents can occur in underground mining?
a) Poisonous gases
b) fires
c) floods
d) All of the above
4. Why developed countries are retreating from mining?
a) Large labour force
b) Striving for higher standard of living
c) High labour costs
Ans. 1.c 2.b 3.d4.c
1. Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow:
"In modern times some gathering is market oriented and has become commercial. Gatherers
collect valuable plants such as leaves, barks of trees and medicinal plants and after simple
processing sell the products in the market. They use various parts of the plants, for example, the
bark is used for quinine, tanin extract and cork leaves supply materials for beverages, drugs,
cosmetics, fibers, thatch and fabrics; nuts for food and oils and tree trunk yield rubber, balata,
gums and resins. Gathering has little chance of becoming important at the global level. Products
of such an activity cannot compete in the world market. Moreover, synthetic products often of
better quality and at lower prices, have replaced many items supplied by the gatherers in
tropical forests."
Answer any three questions:
(a) Gathering is mainly practiced in the areas of:
(i) North Western Europe
(ii) Northern Eurasia
(iii) Southern Africa
(iv) Temperate grasslands of Australia
(b) Gathering is not characterized by:
(i) Large capital investment
(ii) Very low level of technology
(iii) Involves primitive societies
45
(iv) Small surplus
(c) Gathering is challenged at global level by:
(i) Hunting and Poaching
(ii) Synthetic products
(iii) Lower yield per person
(iv) All of the Above
(d) The major products of gathering are extractedfrom:
(i) Leaves of plants
(ii) Barks of trees
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) Neither (i) or (ii)
Ans. (a) (ii)
(b) (i)
(c) (ii)
(d) (iii)
2. Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow:
"Shifting cultivation is thus, also called slash and burn agriculture. The cultivated patches are
very small and cultivation is done with very primitive tools such as sticks and hoes. After
sometime (3 to 5 years) the soil looses its fertility and the farmer shifts to another parts and
clears other patch of the forest for cultivation. The farmer may return to the earlier patch after
sometime. One of the major problems of shifting cultivation is that the cycle of jhum becomes
less and less due to loss of fertility in different parcels. It is prevalent in tropical region in
different names. Answer any three questions:
(a) The future of shifting cultivation is bleak due to:
(i) Decline in forest areas and wildlife habitat (ii) loss of soil fertility
(iii) Deforestation and Soil Erosion
(iv) All of the Above
(b) The shifting cultivation is mainly practiced in the areas of:
(i) Indo-Gangetic plains
(ii) Tropical areas
(iii) Mid-latitudesemi arid lands
(iv) Temperate grasslands
(c) The shifting cultivation is known as 'Milpa' in:
(i) North eastern India
(ii) Central America
(iii) Indonesia
(iv) Malaysia
(d) The shifting cultivation is characterised by:
(i) Large patches of land (ii) use of primitive tools
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) Neither (i) nor (ii)
Ans. (a) (iv)
(b) (ii)
(c) (ii)
(d) (ii)
46
MOST IMPORTANT QUESTIONS WITH ANSWER( FOR 3/5 MARKS
Q.1. Explain any five characteristics of extensive commercial grain cultivation practiced
in the world.
Ans. The main characteristics of extensive commercial grain cultivation are as
follows: ∙
 It is more organized
 ∙ Capital intensive
 ∙ Practised in permanent ranches
 ∙ Larger areas and divided in to parcels
 ∙ Animals are sheep, cattle, goats and horses and products are meat, wool, hides and
skin
 ∙ Practiced in New Zealand, Australia Argentina Uruguay and USA.
Q.2. Explain any three features of underground mining methods in different countries
of the world.
Ans: The three features of underground mining methods in different countries of the world.
 Vertical shafts to be sunk
 Minerals are extracted and sent to surface
 It requires specialized drills, lifts, haulage vehicles, ventilation systems
 This method is risky poisonous gases, fires, floods and caving leads to accidents
e. It requires large investment
Q.3. "Dairy farming is the most advanced and efficient type of rearing of milch animals
in the world." Analyse the statement with examples
Ans:
 It is true that dairy farming is the most advanced and efficient type of rearing of
milch animals in the world.
 This is because it is highly capital as well as labour intensive.
 FOR example, animal sheds, storage facilities for fodder, feeding and milching
machines add to the cost of dairy farming.
 Special emphasis is laid on cattle breeding, healthcare and veterinary services.
 It is labour intensive also due to the caring, feeding and milching processes involved.
 The developed means of transportation, refrigeration, pasteurisation and other
preservation processes are used to increase the duration of storage ofvarious dairy
products.
 Thus, due to these specialised operations, dairy farming is very advanced and efficient
form of rearing activity.
Q.4. "There is low yield per acre but high yield per person in the interior parts of
semi-arid lands of the mid latitudes in the world." Support the statement with
47
Ans:
 The interior parts of semi-arid lands of the mid latitudes in the world are the areas
where extensive commercial grain cultivation takes place.
 Here the size of farms is very large and population is in small number.
 Operations of cultivation right from ploughing to harvesting is mechanised.
 Yield per person is high as the number of people working in farms is less and lot
of machines is used.
 The size of the farms is very large due to which per acre production or yield is low
even though the total production is high.
 This type of agriculture is practised in Eurasian Steppes, Canadian and American
Prairies, Pampas of Argentina, Velds of South Africa, Australian Downs and the
Canterbury Plains of New Zealand.
Q.5. Describe any five characteristics of the economic activities of hunting an
gathering practised in the world.
Ans: Characteristics of hunting and gathering practised in the world are as follows:
 ∙ Gathering and hunting are the well-known oldest economic activities. ∙
 Gathering is practised in region with harsh climate conditions.
 It often involves primitive societies, which extract both plants and animals for food,
shelter and clothing.
 People living in very cold and extremely hot climates, survive on hunting.
 The early man used stone, tools, twigs or arrows, so animals were hunted
in limited numbers.
Q.6. Explain any five features of nomadic herding in world.
Ans: Nomadic herding is also called pastoral Nomadism. Characteristics of nomadic

herding is as follows:
 They move from one place to other place with their livestock in search of
quality pastures and water.
 Each nomadic community occupies a well identified territory as a matter of tradition.
 Different variety of animals are reared in different regions of the world
 In Tropical Africa, cattle are most important livestock; in the hilly areas of Tibet
and Andes, Yak and Llamas and in Arctic and Sub-Arctic areas, Reindeer is the
most important livestock.
 Movement in search of pastures is undertaken either over vast grassland
or mountainous regions. Movement from plains to mountains in summer season
and vice-versa is called transhumance.
Q.7. Define the term commercial livestock rearing. Explain any four characteristics of
Commercial livestock rearing is a specialised activity in which only one type of animal
is reared for products such as meat, wool, hides, which are processed, packed and
exported.
Ans: The five characteristics of commercial livestock rearing are as follows:
48
 ∙ It is more organized
 ∙ Capital intensive
 ∙ Practised in permanent ranches
 ∙ Larger areas and divided in to parcels
 ∙ Animals are moved from one parcel to another
 ∙ Number of animals are kept based on capacity of the pasture
 Animals are sheep, cattle, goats and horses and products are meat, wool, hides and
skin. Practiced in New Zealand, Australia Argentina Uruguay and USA.
Q.8. Define the term 'mixed farming'. Explain any four characteristics of mixed
farming practised in the world
Ans: Mixed farming refers to the primary activity in which animal husbandry is practised
along with crop cultivation. Important animals are cattle, sheep, pigs and poultry
animals. The characteristics of this type of activity are :
 High capital expenditure on constructing farms, buildings and buying
various machineries for agriculture and animal husbandry.
 In this type of activity, chemical fertilisers and green manures are used on a
large scale. Farmers require skills and expertise in this farming.
 Fodder crops are important components of mixed farming as they are used to
feed animals.
 The farms in mixed farming are moderate in size.
 ∙ Inter-cropping and crop rotation are used here for growing crops such as
wheat, barley, oats, rye, maize etc.
Q.9. Discuss the important characteristic features of plantation agriculture. Name
a few important plantation crops from different countries
Ans: Originally introduced by the Europeans in colonies situated in the tropics. The
characteristic features of this type of farming are:
 ∙ Profit oriented large-scale production system
 ∙ Large estates and plantations
 ∙ Huge capital investment
 ∙ Totally market oriented
 ∙ Scientific method of cultivation
 ∙ Cheap and large skilled labour supply
 ∙ Mono culture.
Q.10. Differentiate between intensive subsistence agriculture into two categories

practised in the world.
Ans: Classification of intensive subsistence agriculture:-

With Paddy Without Paddy
Wheat, soybean, barley and sorghum are
Rice is the dominant crop. grown.
49
Land holdings are very small due to Land holdings are big.
high density of population.
Work is done with manual labour Machinery deployed for cultivation
Farmyard manure is used to maintain Fertilizers and pesticides are use
soil fertility.
Q.11. Differences between subsistence agriculture and commercial agriculture.
Ans:
Subsistence agriculture Commercial agriculture

The main aim is sustenance of their family. The main aim is to sell the produce in the
market
No Specialization of crops Crop specialization is one of the main
feature.
Small size of land holding Large size of land holding
Manual work forced Machines are used
Practiced in the developing country like Practiced in the developed country likeUSA,
India, Bangladesh Canada.
Q.12. Differentiate between mixed farming and Dairy farming.
Ans:
Mixed farming Dairy farming
Cultivation of crops and animal rearing go Milch animal are specially reared with full
side by side attention.
Food and fodder crops are raised Dairy farming are done in natural pastre land
Wheat, maize ,oat and sugar beet are grown Mainly fodder as grown
Large number of labour force is needed. Need scientific technique.
The main regions are N.W, Europe, North The main regions are USA, CIS, Denmark
America, Part of Eurasia etc. New Zealand and Australia
Q.13. Differentiate between plantation agriculture and Horticulture.

Ans:
Plantation agriculture Horticulture
50
Production of specialized commercial crops Production of fruits, vegetables and flowers
such as. Tea, Coffee etc. . etc.
Large size of land holding Small size of land holding
Farming is done mainly in sparsely populated Farming is done nearby urban areas.
area
Scientific methods of cultivation Green houses and artificial heating is used in
cold regions
Practiced in Brazil, Malaysia, Indonesia etc. Practiced in NW Europe, NE USA &
Mediterranean regions
Q.14. Differentiate between co-operative farming and collective farming.

Ans:
Co-operative Farming Collective Farming
 Collective farming takes place when
 Farmers pool their resources there is social ownership of means of
voluntarily for efficient and profitable production.
farming.
 In co-operative farming, farmers have  In collective farming, farmers pool all
their resources, though they are
individual ownership of the resources allowed to keep very small piece of
land for their own use.
 Co-operative societies help farmers in  In collective farmingall farm inputs
are provided by the government.,
buying farm inputs .
QUESTION BANK
1 MARK QUESTIONS:
1. Name the country where practically every farmer is a member of cooperative
society. (2008)
2. Name the two activities on which the earliest human being were dependent for their
sustenance. (2008)
3. Name the two area of high latitude in the world, where gathering economic activity is
practiced. (2010)
4. What is nomadic herding? (2011)
5. What is truck farming? (2014)
6. Who are called red collar workers? (2015)
7. What are economic activities? (2015)
8. Agri business farms are mechanised and large in size “Examine the statements. (2015)
9. State the two groups of which affect the profability of mining. (2017)
3 Marks questions:
51
Q. 1. Study the diagram given below and answer the questions that follow:
i. Two types of mining are shown in as A and B. Identify them and give the correct
name of each
ii. State two characteristics of each types of mining.
Q.2. “Dairy farming is the most advanced and efficient types of rearing of milch animals in the
world.” Analyse the statement with examples.
1. Explain three features of underground mining methods indifferent countries of the world.
5 Marks questions:
1. What is subsistence agriculture? Mention any four characteristics of primitive subsistence

agriculture.
2. What is the meaning of market gardening and horticulture? Describe any four
characteristics of this types of agriculture of the world.
3. “There is low yield per acre but high yield per person in the interior parts of semi-arid
lands of the mid-latitudes in the world.” Support the statement with suitable examples.
4. What is subsistence agriculture? Mention any four characteristics of primitive subsistence
agriculture.
5. What is the importance of Dairy Farming? Why is it mainly practised near urban and
industrial canters of the world? Explain two reasons.
6. Where is intensive subsistence agriculture practised in the world? What are its two types?
Describe any two characteristics of each types.
7. Describe any five characteristics of the economic activities of hunting and gathering
8. c practised in the world.
9. Explain any five characteristics of extensive commercial grain cultivation practised in the
world.
10. Define the term „Mixed farming‟. Explain any four characteristics mixed farming
11. Define the term „Commercial livestock rearing.‟ Explain any four characteristics
Commercial livestock rearing practised in the world.
12. Describe any five characteristics of Plantation agriculture in the world.
13. Name any six crops of Plantation agriculture. Describe any four characteristics of
Plantation agriculture in the world. (2009,15)
52
14. Differentiate between co-operative farming and collective farming, stating five points of
distinction.(2015)
15. Differentiate between nomadic herding and commercial livestock rearing, stating five
points of distinction. (2015)
16. Classify intensive subsistence agriculture into two categories Practice in the world. How
are they different from each other? (2017)
17. Review any five measure adopted to solve the problems of Indian agriculture. (2017)
18. Define the term “Nomadic herding.” Explain its four characteristics.
Or
Describe the way of life of nomadic herders in the world.
Map based questions:
1. An area of dairy farming

2. An area of nomadic herding.
3. An area of extensive commercial grain farming.
4. An area of subsistence gathering.
5. An area of commercial livestock rearing
6. An important country of commercial livestock rearing
1. Study the given map, showing dairy farming regions, carefully and answer following
questions. 2013
 Major area of commercial livestock rearing. (Delhi 2012, 2011)

 An important country of commercial livestock rearing. (Delhi 2009)
 Area of extensive grain farming. (All India 2008)
 Area of extensive commercial grain farming. (Delhi 2008)
 An area of dairy farming. (All India 2016)
 An area of nomadic herding. (Delhi 2016, All India 2011, 2009)
 An area of extensive commercial grain farming. (Delhi 2013, All India 2014, 2013)
 An area of subsistence gathering. (Delhi 2014, All India 2012)
Prepared By Proof Read By

Sh Amitabh Satyam, PGT (Geography) Sh Ajay Narayan, PGT (Geography)
KV IIT, Guwahati KV AFS Borjhar
53
Unit – III Chapter- 6 (Secondary Activities)
Mind Map
MANUFACTURING:-
Manufacturing is a process which makes
products from raw materials by the use of LOCATIONAL FACTORS:-
manual labour or machinery and that is usually Access to raw material
carried out systematically with a division of  Access to labour
labour.
SECONDARY ACTIVITIES  Access to energy
FEATURES OF MODERN LARGE SCALE  Access to market
INDUSTRIES:-  Transport & Communication
 Specialisation of skill/methods of  Agglomeration economies
production  Government incentives &
 Mechanisation policies
 Technical Innovation
 Organisational structure and CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES
stratification
 Uneven geographic distribution
ON THE BASIS OF RAW ON THE BASIS OF ON THE BASIS OF

ON THE BASIS OF OWNERSHIP
SIZE MATERIALS USED PRODUCTION/OUTPUT
CONSUME
BASIC PUBLIC PRIVAT JOINT
R/NON
SMALL LARGE INDUSTRI SECTO E SECTO
HOUSEHOLD BASIC
SCALE SCALE ES R SECTOR R
/COTTAGE INDUSTRIE
INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIES INDUSTRI S
ES
AGRO BASED MINERAL BASED CHEMICAL FOREST BASED

54 BASED ANIMAL BASED
INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIES
Gist of the Chapter
Important Features of modern large-scale manufacturing
The following are the characteristics of modern large-scale manufacturing–
 Specialisation of skills/Methods of production–It involves the production of large

quantities of standardised parts by each worker performing only one task
repeatedly,making the workers specialised in that skill.
 Mechanisation–The industries use machines for the production processes.
Automation is the advanced stage of mechanisation wherein, human thinking during
themanufacturing process is not required.
 Technological Innovations–Modern technology and constant innovations are done
through research and development strategy for quality control, eliminating waste
andinefficiency and combating pollution.
 Organisational Structure and Stratification–Modern manufacturing is
characterised by complex machine technology, vast capital, extreme specialisation,
and division oflabour. Large organisations and executive bureaucracy.
 Uneven Geographic Distribution–The manufacturing industries are concentrated in
regions rich in minerals and other resources. Modern manufacturing industries cover
less than 10% of the world’s land area and these nations have become the centres of
economic and political power.
Factors Affecting Industrial Localization

Industries should be located at places where the production costs are minimum in order to
maximise profits. The following factors influence industrial locations:
 Access to market-“Market” means people who have a demand for the manufactured
goods and also have the ability to purchase (purchasing power) from the sellers at a
place.
 Access to raw materials–Industries based on cheap, bulky and weight-losing
materials (ores) are located close to the source of raw materials like sugar, steel and
cement industries.
 Access to labour supply–Labour supply is also an important factor in the location of
industries. However, increased mechanisation, automation and flexibility of
industrialprocesses have decreased the dependence of industries on labour.
 Access to sources of energy–Industries requiring more power are situated close to the
source of energy supply like the aluminium industry.
 Access to transportation and communication facilities–Efficient transportation and
communication are essential for the development of industries.
 Government policies–Government adopts regional policies to promote balanced
economic development and hence set up industries in particular areas.
 Access to Agglomeration Economies/link between industries–It refers to the
benefits derived from the linkages that exist between different industries.
Classification of Manufacturing Industries

Industries are classified on the following bases:
55
 Size
 Raw materials/Inputs
 Products/Outputs
 Ownership
 Classification on the basis of size:–
Household or Cottage Industries –
 The smallest manufacturing unit.

 Simple tools and local raw materials are used by the artisans.
 Products are made at home with the help of family members or part-time labourers.
Small Scale Industries –
 These are characterised by simple power-driven machines, local raw material and
semi- skilled labour.
 It provides employment and increases local purchasing power.
Large Scale Industries
 It involves mass production, multiple raw materials, huge energy, specialised workers,
advanced technology, mass production and large capital.
 Large-scale industrial regions are broadly classified into two types-
 Traditional large-scale industrial regions which are thickly clustered in a few, more
developed countries.
 High technology large-scale industrial regions which are diffused to less developed
countries.
 Classification on the basis of raw materials/inputs-

Agro-based Industries-
 The industries procure raw materials from the fields and farms which are processed
into finished products like fruit juices, oil, beverages, sugar, rubber, textiles, etc.
Mineral-based Industries-
 Here minerals are used as raw materials.

 Ferrous metallic minerals (for iron and steel industries), non-ferrous metallic minerals
(for aluminium, copper and jewellery industries), and non-metallic minerals (for
cement and pottery industries) are used.
Forest-based Industries-Forests provide timber for the furniture industry, wood,

bamboo and grass for the paper industry and Lac for the lac industry.
Animal-based Industries-Industries that depend on animal products include leather,

woollen textile and ivory (made from the tusks of elephants) industries.
56
 Classification on the basis of output/product-
Basic Industries-The industries that produce raw materials to be used in other industries
are called basic industries. For example, iron and steel forms the base for other industries, and
therefore, it is called the basic industry.
Non-Basic industries/Consumer Goods Industries-These industries produce

goods which are directly consumed by the consumer e.g., industries manufacturing soaps and
detergents, bread and biscuits.
 Classification on the basis of ownership-

Public Sector Industries-These are owned and managed by the governments. In India,
theseindustries are called Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs). Mixed economies have both
Public and Private Sector Enterprises. Socialist economies have mostly state-
ownedindustries.
Private Sector Industries- These are owned and managed by private organisations. In
Capitalist economies, industries are generally owned by private investors.
Joint Sector Industries-These are managed by Joint Stock Companies or established

and managed by private and public sectors together.
Concept of high technology industry

 Latest generation manufacturing unit.
 Application of R&D unit.
 Professional workers(white collar) share large group.
 Highly skilled specialists (blue collar) also working 5. Robotics are used in
assemblyline.
 Computer Aided Design is used.
 Electronic controls.
 Neatly spaced, low modern dispersed office plant and lab buildings.
 Planned business parks for high-tech industries.
 Regionally concentrated, self-sustained highly specialized techno-pole.
 Silicon valley in San Francisco and silicon forest near Seattle are techno poles.
QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (ONE MARK)
1. In production of standardised commodities there are some common characteristics
involved such as Application of power, Mass Production and Specialized Labour
which is known as
(a) Production (b) Manufacturing (c) Processing (d) None of these
2. Consider the characteristics given below
(A) A complex machine technology
57
(B) Extreme specialisation and division of labour for producing more goods with less
effort, and low costs
(C) Huge capital investment &Large organisations
(D) Executive bureaucracy
The above-mentioned features are of
(a) Modern Government (b) Modern Manufacturing Industry (c) A production Unit
(d) None
3. Industries based on cheap, bulky and weight-losing material (ores) are located close to
(a) Market (b) Transport facility (c) Source of Raw Material (d) Cheap labour source
4. The Industry which is benefited through a large or leading industry helps in
development of
(a) Agglomeration economy (b) Production units (c) Processing units (d) Transport
units
(A) Industry does not dependent on any specific raw material
(B) Largely depend on component parts which can be obtained anywhere
(C) production in small quantity and employ a small labour force
(D) These are generally not polluting industries
(a) Iron & Steel Industry (b) Cement Industry (c) Food Processing Industry (d)
Footloose Industry
(A) Artisans use local raw materials and simple tools to produce
(B) Workers are family members or part time labour
(C) Products may be for consumption in same household or, sale in local markets, or,
for barter
(D) It has low commercial significance and most of the tools are devised locally
(a) Household or Cottage Industry (b) Small Industry (c) Large Industry (d) Medium
Industry
(A) Use of various raw materials
(B) Use of enormous energy
(C) Specialized workers equipped with advanced technology
(D) Assembly-line mass production requires Huge capital & Large Market
(b) Household or Cottage Industry (b) Small Industry (c) Large Industry (d) Medium
Industry
8. The commercial farming on an industrial scale often financed by business whose main
interests lie outside agriculture is known as
(a) Market farming (b) Agri-business (c) Agri-market (d) Agri-corporation
9. The industry whose products are used to make other goods by using them as raw
materials are
(a) Basic Industry (b) Non-basic Industry (c) Marketing Industry (d) Hi-tech Industry
10. The Industries produced goods which are consumed by consumers directly are known
as
(a) Market Industry (b) Consumer Industry (c) Basic Industry (d) Hi-tech Industry
11. In which one of the following types of economy are the factors of production owned
individually?
58
(a) Capitalist (b) Socialist (c) Mixed (d) None of these
12. Which countries have many state-owned industries?
(a) Capitalist (b) Socialist (c) Radicalist (d) Specialist
(A) High proportion of employment in manufacturing industry
(B) High-density housing, often of inferior type, and poor services
(C) Unhygienic environment, pollution and waste heaps
(D) Problems of unemployment due to large immigration
(c) Hi-tech industry (b) Modern large-scale industry (c) Traditional large-scale
industry (d) None
14. Assertion(A):The iron and steel industry has shifted from the coal fields towards iron
ore fields.
Reason(R):Now a days, only 1/6th quantity of the coal is required than earlier, for the
processing of same amount of iron ore.
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true, but R is false
(d) A is false, but R is true.
15. Assertion(A):Maximum concentration of jute mills in India are located between

Naihati and Kolkata.
Reason(R):Jute industry in India is traditionally export-oriented.

16. Assertion (A): The household industry is the smallest unit of manufacturing, also
known as a cottage industry.
Reason (R): It is basically run by creative individuals or craftsmen who are assisted
by their family members in their home.

17. Assertion (A): High technology is the latest generation of manufacturing activities.
Reason (R): High technology industries are regionally concentrated, self- sustained
and highly specialised.
18. Assertion (A): Industries should be located at points where the production costs are
minimum
Reason (R): Industries maximise profits by reducing costs.
59
19. Assertion (A): Foot loose industries can be located in a wide variety of places.
Reason (R): Gatherers collect valuable plants such as leaves, barks of trees and
medicinal plants and after simple processing they collect and store the products in the
house.
20. Assertion (A): Public Sector Industries are owned and managed by governments.
Reason (R): Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL) Indian Oil Corporation
(IOC)etc are public sector industries.
ANSWER MCQs
1-b 2-b 3-c 4-a 5-d 6-a 7-c 8-b 9-a 10-b 11-a 12-b 13-c
14-a 15-b 16-a 17-b 18-b 19-a 20-a
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (3 MARKS)

1. Differentiate between agro-based industries and mineral-based industries in the
world. (2019)
Answer:-
Agro-Based Industry Mineral-Based Industry
Agro-based industries use plant and

These types of industries depend on
animal-based products as their raw
minerals as their raw material.
materials.
Agro-based industries don’t require Mineral industries require a large
huge capital. investment.
It provides employment opportunities to
Mainly it is a source of employment for
people living in both rural and urban
the people living in the rural area.
areas.
Some examples include Food
Some examples include Iron Industries
processing, dairy products, vegetable
and Heavy Machinery industries.
oil, and cotton textile.
2. How are mineral based industries different from chemical based industries?
Explain.
Answer:-
Mineral-Based Industry Chemical-Based Industry
60
These industries use minerals as raw These industries use natural chemicals as raw
materials. materials.
Both metallic (Ferrous & Non-ferrous) and Salt, Sulphur, Wood, Coal, Potash etc are the
non-metallic minerals are used. main chemicals used.
e.g. Iron & Steel Industry, Aluminium e.g. Plastic Industry, Pharma Industry etc.
Industry etc.
3. Describe any three characteristics of agro-based industries in the world.

Answer:-
 Agro-based industries use plant and animal-based products as their raw
materials.
 Agro-based industries don’t require huge capital.
 Mainly it is a source of employment for the people living in the rural area.
 Some examples include Food processing, dairy products, vegetable oil, and
cotton textile.
4. How are technological innovations are important aspect of modern
manufacturing industries? Explain any three aspects in this regard.
Answer:-
Technological innovations through research and development strategies are an
important aspect of modern manufacturing for quality control, eliminating waste and
inefficiency and combating pollution.
Three aspects in this regard are as under:
 Complex machine technology is needed so that high quality goods are
produced at less time.
 It requires vast capital so that machines with the latest technology can be used
in manufacturing.
 Extreme specialisation and division of labour is required, that can work
efficiently on the machines.
5. What are “Technopoles”? Explain.
Answer:-
A “Technopole”is planned development within a concentrated area for technology
innovative, industry related production. Technopoles include science or technology
parks, science cities and other high-tech industrial complexes. e.g. Silicon Valley near
San Francisco.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5 MARKS)

1. Explain any five characteristics of „high tech industry‟ in the world.(2019)
OR
2. Discuss the major trends of modern industrial activities especially in the
developed countries of the world. (2017 F)
OR
3. “High technology, or simply high-tech, is the latest generation of manufacturing
activities”. Justify the statement with suitable arguments. (2019 Comp.)
Answer:-
61
High technology or high-tech is the latest generation of industries which has grown at
a rapid pace during the last few decades. The following features are as follows:-
 High-Tech industries require great deal of scientific research and development
(R&D) and produce highly sophisticated products.
 These Industries improve their products very fast to meet the growing market
demands.
 As their products are highly sophisticated therefore it requires highly skilled
labour.
 Professional (White Collar) workers are main work force.
 Robotics on the assembly line, computer-aided design (CAD) and
manufacturing, electronic controls of smelting and refining process are notable
examples of high-tech industry.
 Neatly spaced, low, modern, dispersed, office-plant-lab buildings rather than
massive assembly structures, factories and storage are mark the high-tech
industrial landscape.
4. Explain any five characteristics of „large scale manufacturing‟ in the world.

(2019)
Answer:-
Large Scale Industries use heavy machinery which is driven by power. It has
following characteristics:-
 A large variety of raw materials used and is procured from far off places.
 A lot of energy is required to drive heavy machines.
 Large amount of capital is invested in establishing such industries.
 Abundant, cheap and efficient labour is required. In some factories thousands
of labourers are employed.
 Better quality goods are produced in large scale industry. Special measures are
taken for quality control.
 Management of large scale industries is complex because it is hierarchically
divided amongst owners, managers and labours.
 Production specialisation is an important feature of large scale industry. The
products are sent to far off distances and even exported.
5. Differentiate between „small scale manufacturing‟ and „large
scalemanufacturing‟ in the world. (2018 & 2019)
Answer:-
SMALL SCALE INDUSTRIES LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES
Small scale industry is an industrial Large scale industry encompasses big

undertaking in which there is a definite industrial units whose investment in
capital investment in its plant and their plant and machinery is beyond the
machinery. limit specified by the Government.
Labour-intensive industry Capital intensive industry
Small Geographical area covered. Large geographical area covered.
It requires semi-skilled labours. It requires highly skilled labours.
Indigenous technology. State-of-the-art technology
Procured from the local suppliers. Procured from various suppliers of raw
materials are there from within and
outside the country.
62
To generate employment opportunities To produce consumer goods and capital
with less investment. goods within the country, to make it
self-reliant
6. Why do large scale industries choose different locations? Explain any four
factors which influence the industrial location. (2015 D, 2017 D, 2019 Comp.)
Answer:-
Industrial development is essential for economic development. There are some factors
which influence the industrial development, they are:-
 Government policies:-The countries government policies have a very
important role in influencing industrial development. When the country's
economic policies are very rigid then setting up a new industry will be
difficult. When the economic policies are very flexible then the development
of industries will be easier. Industrial development is very faster in China
compared to India because of the economic policies.
 Labour:-Cheap labour is another main factor for the industries. When there is
cheap labour then it will reduce the cost of production. Lower the cost of
production then the profit will be high it will make the firm to hire cheap
labour.
 Raw materials:-The industry needs raw materials for the production process.
The industries mainly locate in such a place that there will be easy access to
the raw materials or make sure that there is adequate transportation facility to
transport the raw materials.
 Transportation:-The area is highly connected with all forms of
transportation. It has an inexpensive water transport network, reinforced by a
good network of railways, roadways and waterways. This helps in the easy
and cheap movement of raw material to the industries.
7. “Africa has immense natural resources and yet it is industrially the most
backward continent”. Comment.
Answer:-
Africa is rich in many natural resources such as mineral resources (iron ore,
diamonds, gold, petroleum), hydroelectric potential, land resources, forest resources,
and coastal connectivity as well as cheap sources of unskilled labour; Yet it is the
most industrially backward continent because of other factors such as lack of skilled
labour, capital, technology, markets, transport and communication systems, and
aggregation of industries in Africa that do not favour industrial establishment.
The following are unfavourable things for industries in Africa:

 Lack of transport facilities: Africa is one of the most underdeveloped in terms
of modern transport and communication networks. This is the area where road
and rail density is minimum.
 Low socio-economic development: Africa is home to some of the world's
poorest people and they waste all their energy on procuring basic things like
food and clothing. There is less capital formation to set up the industry on its
own people.
63
 Fewer markets for industrial production: Countries in developed regions are
also not setting up high industries in Africa because they do not see a market
for rich people in Africa nor do they need skilled labour, cheap electricity, and
more to reduce the cost of production. Favourable things like a fast transport
system are available. All the industries in Africa are mainly related to mining
and the exploitation of natural resources.
 Politically unstable: Many countries of the African continent are politically
unstable and there is also a lack of unity and trust in African countries.
8. Write a note on Footloose Industry. (2019)
Answer:-
Footloose industries are those industries that do not depend on local specific raw
materials and weight-losing raw materials, and these industries can be located in a
variety of locations.
Some examples of footloose industries are the diamond processing industry,
pharmaceutical industry, IT industry, handset assembly industry, etc.
Although the diamond mines in India are negligible, the diamond processing industry
in India is the largest in the world. Since the diamond processing industry is a
footloose industry, it can be set up anywhere in the world with cheap sources of
skilled labour, high state-of-the-art technology, and low cost of operation.
The following are the characteristics of footloose industries:
 Footloose industries are largely dependent on component parts that can be
procured anywhere and can be gotten from anywhere.
 These industries require small quantities of raw materials and small labour
forces and at the same time, these industries also produce small quantities of
the final product.
 Footloose industries are generally not polluting industries.
 Footloose industries are often located near transport lines such as roads,
highways, ports, etc.
Prepared By- Sh Prabhat Kumar,PGT(Geography)
KV NO-1, AFS, Jorhat
Proof Read By- Sh Ajay Narayan, PGT(Geography)
KV AFS Borjhar
64
UNIT III- CH-07
TERTIARY AND QUATERNARY ACTIVITIES
MIND MAP
65
Gist of the Chapter
In the initial stages of economic development, larger proportion of people worked in the primary
sector. In a developed economy, the majority of workers get employment in tertiary activity and
moderate proportion is employed in the secondary sector.
TERTIARY ACTIVITIES-
1. Tertiary activities are related to the service sector.
2. Manpower is the most important component of the service sector.
3. Tertiary activities include both production and exchange.
4. The production involves the provision of services
5. Exchange involves trade, transport and communication facilities.
Types of Tertiary Activities

There are four types of tertiary activities. They are trade, transport, communication and services.
These include provision of services in exchange of payments.
I.TRADE AND COMMERCE

Trade is essentially buying and selling of items produced elsewhere. The towns and cities where
all these works take place are known as trading centres. There are two types of trading centres-
RURAL AND URBAN MARKETING CENTRES.
A. Rural Marketing Centres

1. They are quasi urban and cater to local needs and areas.
2. Most of these have mandis (wholesale markets) and retail markets.
3. These markets are held on specified dates and shopkeepers move from one place
to another.
4. Here professionals and personal services are not well developed.
5. It provide goods and services demanded by rural folk
6. In rural areas, there are periodic markets
a. Periodic markets may be weekly or bi-weekly markets which are held on
specific date of the week.
b. Shopkeepers move from one place to another place.
B. Urban Marketing Centres -

1. These centres have more specialised urban services.
2. These markets sell ordinary as well as specialised goods and services, e.g.
markets for labour, housing, semi or finished products. Services of educational
institutions and professionals like teachers, doctors, lawyers also develop.
C. Retail Trading-
1. In this type of trading, goods are directly sold to consumers.
2. This trading is done through fixed establishments or stores, small shops,
consumer cooperatives, big departmental stores and chain stores.
66
3. Street peddling, handcarts, trucks, door-to-door, mail order, telephone and
Internet are examples of non-store retail trading.
D. Wholesale Trading-
1. Here bulk buying takes place directly from the manufacturer by numerous
intermediary merchants.
2. The merchants/ wholesalers extend credit to retailers.
II.TRANSPORT
 Transport is a service to carry people, materials and goods from one place to another.
Speedy and efficient transport systems are required to help in the production, distribution
and consumption of goods.
 Measurement of transport system-
Transport distance can be measured as-
1. Km distance- Km distance is measured as actual distance of route length.

2. Time distance- It is measured by the time taken to travel a particular route.
3. Cost Distance- It is measured by the cost needed to travel a particular route.
Factors Affecting Transport

Demand and routes are two major factors which affect transport services.
1. Demand- Transport depends on the size of population. The larger the population size, the
greater is the demand for transport.
2. Route- Transport network depend on location of cities, towns, villages, industrial centres,
availability of raw materials, nature of landscape, type of climate, availability of funds,
etc. along the route.
III. COMMUNICATION-
Communication is a service which involves the transmission of words, messages, facts and ideas.
Some of the communication services are discussed below:
1. Telecommunications
-The development of modern technology has revolutionised communication.
- The speed of communication has improved.
- Due to the modern discovery like mobile telephony, communication is possible at
anytime and from anywhere.
2. Mass Media
-Communication means through which messages could be sent to vast audiences around the
world are called mass media, e.g. radio, television, newspapers, etc.
-The Internet has revolutionised the global communication.
IV- SERVICES-
Services occur at many different levels. Services can be categorised as-
67
1. Low Order Services It includes common and widespread services like grocery shops,
laundries, etc.
- Involves physical labour
2. High Order Services These are specialised and less common services like accountants,
consultants and physicians.
- Involves mental labour
Some services are supervised and regulated by government like making, maintaining highways,
bridges, fire fighting departments, education, healthcare, etc. Thus, services are present in
organised sector that is government owned or big corporations.
Some are employed in domestic services like housekeepers, cooks and gardeners. This segment
of workers is unorganised. Mumbai’s dabbawala in India is one such service of unorganised
sector.
People Engaged in Tertiary Activities
1. Earlier more number of people were employed in t he primary and secondary sector
2. But, now there has been a shift of jobs to tertiary or service sector.
3. In developed countries, a higher percentage of workers are employed in tertiary sector as
compared to less developed countries.
4. Tourism- Tourism is part of service sector that refers to travel undertaken for purpose of
recreation rather than business. This industry generates jobs as people are engaged in providing
accommodation, meals, transport, entertainment, infrastructure retail trading and crafts.
MEDICAL TOURISM
1. When medical treatment is combined with international tourism activity, it is called medical
tourism.
2. India has emerged as the leading country of medical tourism in the world.
2. People from developed countries like US are visiting India for medical tourism or services.
3. This brings economic benefits to India and other countries like Thailand, Singapore and
Malaysia.
4. There is a trend of outsourcing of medical tests and data interpretation.
QUATERNARY ACTIVITIES-
1. Quaternary activities are the part of service sector which is knowledge oriented.
2. It involves-
a. Collection of information
b. Production of information
c. Dissemination of information
3. It is an advanced form of service which requires specialised knowledge and
technical skills.
4. Persons working in office buildings, elementary school, hospitals, and theatres
belong to this category of services.
QUINARY ACTIVITIES-
1. The highest level of decision makers or policy makers performs quinary activities.
2. They are often called as gold collar professionals.
3. They are highly paid professionals.
68
4. These include business executives, government officials, research scientist, financial and
legal consultants.
5. Quinary activities involves-
a. Creation, re-arrangement and interpretation of new and existing ideas
b. Data interpretation
c. Use and evaluation of new technologies.
OUTSOURCING-
1. It means giving work to an outside agency to improve efficiency and to reduce cost.
2. It is termed as off-shoring when work is transferred to overseas location.
3. Outsourcing is coming to those countries where cheap and skilled workers are available
like India, China, and Philippines etc.
4. Business activities that are outsourced include information technology (IT), human
resources, customer support, call centre services.
5. Data processing is an IT service which is easily carried out in Asian, East European and
African countries because-
a. Skilled staff with good communication skill at lower wages
b. Overhead cost is low
6. KPO and BPO are the important aspects of outsourcing
DIGITAL DIVIDE-
 Development emerging from the information and communication technology is unevenly

spread across the globe.
 While developed countries have moved forward, the developing countries have lagged
behind.
 This is known as digital divides.
 Digital divides exist within countries.
IMPORTANT QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

SECTION A- MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION
1. Every road that joins that joins two nodes is called __________
a. Network b. Vertex c. Link d. Node
Ans- c. Link
2. Which of the following sentences is NOT correct about Rural Marketing Centres
a. These are quasi urban centres.
b. Here personal and professional services are well developed
c. Most of these have mandis
d. Those goods and services are available which are demanded by rural folk.
Ans- b. Here personal and professional services are well developed
3. Assertion: Data processing is an IT service which be easily carried out in Asian,

East European and African countries.
69
Reason: In Asian, East European and African countries, IT skilled staff with good
English language skills is available at lower wages.
a. Only Assertion is correct
b. Only Reason is correct.
c. Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for
assertion
d. Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for assertion
Ans- Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for
assertion
4. Which of this is NOT correctly matched-

COLUMN A COLUMN B
a. Research Scientist Quinary Sector
b. Gardener Domestic Service
c. Brokerage Firms Quaternary Sector
d. Business Executives Quaternary Sector
Ans-
a. Business Executives Quaternary Sector
5. Which of the following lines are drawn to join places equal in terms of the time
taken to reach them?
a. Isochrones b. Isobar c. Isotherm d. Contours
Ans- a. Isochrones
6. Which one of the following sectors provides most of the employment in Delhi,
Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata?
a. Primary b. Quaternary c. Secondary d. Service
Ans- Service
7. Expand CBD.
a) Commercial Business District b) Central Business District
c) Central Business Department d) None of the above
ANS- b) Central Business District
8. Giving work to an outside agency to improve efficiency is known as

a) BPO service b) Outsourcing c) Data processing d) IT services
ANS-b) Outsourcing
9. Tertiary activities depend on :

a) Skill b) Machinery c) Factory d) Production
ANS- Skill
10. Who operates on wholesaler’s capital?
a) Large stores b) Chain stores c) Retailer d) Departmental stores
ANS- c) Retailer
11. Which of the following were the first of the large scale innovations in retailing?
a) Consumer Cooperatives b) Departmental Stores c) Chain Stores d) Periodic Market
ANS- a) Consumer Cooperatives
12. Which of the following sentences is NOT correct about chain stores?
70
a) Chain stores are able to purchase merchandise most economically
b) They employ highly skilled specialists
c) They do experiment in one store and apply results in many
d) They delegate the responsibility to departmental heads for purchasing of commodities
ANS- They delegate the responsibility to departmental heads for purchasing of
commodities
13. Which of the following is an example of low order service?

a) Teacher b) Gardener c) Lawyer d) Musician
ANS- b) Gardener
14. A CEO of an MNC in Copenhagen and a transcriptionist at Bangalore work in a

segment of the service sector that is ________________ oriented.
a) Physical Labour b) knowledge c) Skill d) All of the above
ANS- b) knowledge
15. When outsourcing involves transferring work to overseas locations, it is described

by the term ___________________.
a) Off- shoring b) KPO c) On- Shoring d) Digital Divide
ANS- a) Off- shoring
SECTION B – VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE
1. Define trade. What are the two types of trading centres?

Ans- Trade is essentially buying and selling of items produced elsewhere. The towns and cities
where all these buying and selling take place are known as trading centres. There are two types
of trading centres-RURAL AND URBAN MARKETING CENTRES.
2. Write down the characteristics rural marketing centres.
Ans- Following are the characteristics of rural marketing centres-
i. They are quasi urban and cater to local needs and areas.
ii. Most of these have mandis (wholesale markets) and retail markets.
iii. These markets are held on specified dates and shopkeepers move from one place
to another.
iv. Here professionals and personal services are not well developed.
v. It provide goods and services demanded by rural folk
3. What are the three different ways to measure transport distance?
Ans- Transport distance can be measured as-
i. Km distance- Km distance is measured as actual distance of route length.
ii. Time distance- It is measured by the time taken to travel a particular route.
iii. Cost Distance- It is measured by the cost needed to travel a particular route.
4. Explain any two factors which affect the system of transport.

Ans- Demand and routes are two major factors which affect transport services.
i. Demand- Transport depends on the size of population. The larger the population size, the
greater is the demand for transport.
ii. Route- Transport network depend on location of cities, towns, villages, industrial centres,
availability of raw materials, nature of landscape, type of climate, availability of funds,
etc. along the route.
71
5. “Quaternary activities centre around research and development.” Examine the
statement.
Ans-
i. Quaternary activities centre around research and development.
iii. It is an advanced form of services.
iv. It involves specialised knowledge and technical skill.
v. It involves-
d. Collection of information
e. Production of information
f. Dissemination of information
6. “Outsourcing has resulted in the opening up a large number of job opportunities in

several countries”. Analyse the statement with three suitable examples.
Ans- i. Outsourcing has resulted in the opening up of a large number of call centres in
India, China, Eastern Europe, Israel, Philippines and Costa Rica.
ii. It has created new jobs in these countries.
iii. These countries have cheap and skilled workers.
iv. These are out migrating countries.
v. With the work available through outsourcing, the migration in these countries may
come down.
7. Distinguish between rural and urban marketing urban centres.

Ans- Following are the differences between rural and urban marketing centres-
Rural Marketing Centres Urban Marketing Centres
i.Rural marketing centre provide facility i.Urban marketing centre provide facility to large
to nearby settlements. areas.
ii. Rural centres are mostly rudimentary ii.Urban centres offer specialised services.
type.
iii.Personal and professional services are iii. Personal and professional services are more
not well developed in rural centres. developed than rural centres.
iv.Rural marketing centres acts as a local iv.Urban marketing centres provide services
collecting and distributing centres. beyond cities at national or international levels.
8. What is unorganised sector of services? What do you know about Mumbai’s
Dabbawala?
Ans-
i. Unskilled workers migrate from rural to urban areas in search of employment.
ii. They are employed in domestic services as housekeepers, cooks, gardeners
iii. This segment of workers is generally unorganised.
iv. One such example in India is Mumbai’s dabbawala service provided to about
1,75,000 customers all over the city.
9. “The KPO industry is distinct from BPO”. Justify the statement.
BPO KPO
72
i. It stands for Knowledge Processing
i. It stands for Business Processing Outsourcing.
Outsourcing.
ii.BPO is outsourcing of business activities such as ii.It is information driven Knowledge

customer care. Outsourcing.
iii.The BPO industry involves relatively less high iii. The KPO industry involves more high skilled
skilled workers as compared to KPO. workers.
iv.BPO enables companies to reduce cost and iv. KPO enables companies to create additional
increase efficiency. business opportunities.
v. Examples of KPOs include research and

v.Examples of BPO, include data processing,
development (R and D) activities, e-learning,
accounting services call centres and customer
business research, intellectual property (IP),
support.
research, legal profession and the banking sector.
10. Write down the importance of periodic markets?

Ans- Periodic markets in rural areas are found where there are no regular markets and local
periodic markets are organised at different temporal intervals. These may be weekly, bi-
weekly markets from where people from the surrounding areas meet their temporally
accumulated demand. These markets are held on specified dates and move from one place to
another. The shopkeepers thus, remain busy on all the days while a large area is served by
them.
LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1.Discuss the significance and growth of the service sector in modern economic
development.
Ans-Service sector is the important and significant part of modern economic development in the
following ways-
i. Service sector facilitate the functioning of other sectors of the economy. Personal services are
made available to the people to facilitate their work in daily life.
ii. Services occur at many different levels.
iii. Some are geared to industry, some to people; and some to both industry and people, e.g. the
transport systems.
iv. Low-order services, such as grocery, shops and laundries, are more common and
widespread than high-order services or more specialized ones like those of
accountants, consultants and physicians.
v. Services are provided to individual consumers who can afford to pay for them. For
example the gardener, the launderers and the barber do primarily physical labour.
Teacher, lawyers, physicians, musicians and others perform mental labour.
Growth of the service sector in modern economic development are given below-
i. Service sector is well developed in regions where there is high technological and
educational know how.
ii. There is an increase in international trade of services.
73
iii. Services once generated can be easily availed by many and provide high monetary
value in terms of wages, service charges etc.
iv. As a country develops, more and more people shift to tertiary activities and the share
of tertiary activities in the GDP is even faster.
v. Service sector provides a huge amount of foreign exchange and income for the
country. Therefore, service sector is a major contributor in the modern economic
development.
2. Explain in detail the significance of transport and communication services.

Ans- The significance of transport as well as communication services are given below-
TRANSPORT
i. Transport is a service or facility by which persons, manufactured goods, and property are
physically carried from one location to another.
ii. It is an organised industry created to satisfy man’s basic need of mobility.
iii. Modern society requires speedy and efficient transport systems to assist in the production,
distribution and consumption of goods.
iv. At every stage in this complex system, the value of the material is significantly enhanced by
transportation.
v. Transport activities are essential to carry out trade services.
vi. Transportation is also essential for defence purpose.
vii. It links different parts of country with each other and with other countries as well, which
increases national and global linkage. It also links rural areas with urban areas and helps in the
development of rural and backward areas.
viii. It makes more places suitable for setting up industries and hence helps, in increasing job
opportunities.
COMMUNICATION
i. Communication services involve the transmission of words and messages, facts and
ideas. Human beings have used different methods long-distance communications.
ii. Even today, the telephone is the most commonly used mode. In developing countries,
the use of cell phones, made possible by satellites, is important for rural connectivity.
iii. These allow large quantities of data to be transmitted rapidly, securely, and are
virtually error-free. With the digitization of information in the 1990’s,
telecommunication slowly merged with computers to form integrated networks
termed as Internet.
iv. Communication through satellites emerged as a new area in communication
technology.
v. Cyberspace exists everywhere. It may be in an office, sailing boat, flying plane and
virtually anywhere.
vi. It is these modern communication systems along with transportation that has made
the concept of global village a reality.
3. Justify the tremendous growth of the Service Sector in developed and developing
countries than the manufacturing sector? Explain giving suitable examples.
ANS-i. Highly sophisticated machines and technology are available now. Manufacturing sector
which can be operated and controlled by a few people, due to which many people earlier
employed in the manufacturing sector are seeking jobs in the service sector.
ii.Most of the manufacturing companies need a large number of people in non direct production
sector like clerical, managerial, advertising, sales, legal and financial experts which have a
higher income than the people employed in direct production.
74
iii. The service sector is growing in importance because more and more females are seeking
employment in this sector which provides a better working environment and high per capita
income than in the manufacturing sector.
iv. With growing income, people are demanding more services like medical facilities,
entertainment, hospitality industries, travel and tourism, etc. As a result of which the service
sector has drastically expanded in all directions. It is a good thing that many people get
employment through these industries. For example, if tourism increases, then people in the
hospitality industry get employment.
vi. Growth in Service sector indicates a growth in GDP. Hence, the government makes
all efforts to uplift the service sector by providing provident funds, gratuity, pension,
etc to the employees. This also increases the per capita income of the people.
4. “The profession of quinary activities is called gold collar profession”. Justify the
statement.
ANS- Person involved in quinary activities is called gold collar workers because of the following
reasons-
i. The highest level of decision makers or policy makers performs quinary activities.
ii. They are often called as gold collar professionals.
iii. They are highly paid and skilled professionals.
iv. These include business executives, government officials, research scientist, financial
and legal consultants.
v. Quinary activities involves-
g. Creation, re-arrangement and interpretation of new and existing ideas
h. Data interpretation
i. Use and evaluation of new technologies.
vi. Their importance in the structure of advanced economies far outweighs their
numbers.
5. Differentiate the following: -
Wholesale trading and Retail Trading
ANS- Following are the differences-
Retail trading Wholesale trading
Rural marketing centres are concerned with Wholesale trading is concerned with
sale of goods directly to customer purchasing goods from manufacturers and
selling to retailers
Act as intermediaries between wholesaler Act as intermediaries between retail stores
and customer and manufacturers
Retailers do not give credit to customers Wholesalers give credit to retail stores.
Buy and sell goods in small quantities Buy and sell goods in large quantity
High pricing Low pricing
SOURCE BASED QUESTION

Communication services involve the transmission of words and messages, facts and ideas. The
invention of writing preserved messages and helped to make communication dependent on
means of transport. These were actually carried by hand, animals, boat, road, rail and air. That is
why all forms of transport are also referred to as lines of communication. Where the transport
network is efficient, communications are easily disseminated. Certain developments, such as
mobile telephony and satellites, have made communications independent of transport. Allforms
75
are not fully disassociated because of the cheapness of the older systems. Thus, very large
volumes of mail continue to be handled by post offices all over the world. The use of
telecommunications is linked to the development of modern technology. It has revolutionised
communications because of the speed with which messages are sent. The time reduced is from
weeks to minutes. Besides, the recent advancements like mobile telephony have made
communications direct and instantaneous at any time and from anywhere. The telegraph, morse
code and telex have almost become things of the past. Radio and television also help to relay
news, pictures, and telephone calls to vast audiences around the world and hence they are termed
as mass media. They are vital for advertising and entertainment. Newspapers are able to cover
events in all corners of the world. Satellite communication relays information of the earth and
from space. The internet has truly revolutionised the global communication system.
1. Which among the following service involves transmission of words and messages?
a. Trade b. Transport c. Communication d. Satellites
ANS- Communication
2. What are modes of mass media?
a. Radio b. Television c. Newspaper d. All of the above
ANS- d. All of the above
3. Which among the following has its vast usefulness nowadays?
a. Radio b. Television c. Internet d. Telegram
ANS- c. Internet
DIAGRAM BASED QUESTION

Study the diagram given below and answer the questions that follow
1. Name the service given by the man in the picture.

ANS- Dabbawala Service
76
2. To which sector of service do they belong?
ANS- Service sector
3. State one typical features of the service shown in the picture.

ANS- They provide (Tiffin) service to about 1,75,000 customers all over the city.
QUESTION BANK
Very Short Answer Question
(1 mark / 2 marks)
1. Write the meaning of digital divide. (CBSE 2019, 2017)

2. How is node different from link? (CBSE 2017)
3. Differentiate between Departmental stores and Chain stores stating two
differences. (CBSE Term II- 2022)
4. Differentiate between Telecommunication and Services stating two differences.
(CBSE Term II- 2022)
5. Give the meaning of ‘retail trading services’.(CBSE- 2014)
6. Give any two examples of tertiary activities. (CBSE, DELHI-2012)
7. Who are called red collar workers? (CBSE 2015)
8. Which activity covers the work of lawyer? (CBSE 2019)
1. The highest level of decision makers or policy makers performs quaternary
activities.
2. The Quaternary Sector along with the Tertiary Sector has replaced most of the
primary and secondary employment as the basis for economic growth. Options
d) Both statements are correct and statement 2 correctly explains the statement 1
10. Which is the world’s single largest tertiary activity?
Short Answer Type Question

(3 Marks)
1. How are the high living standards and quality of life dependent on efficient transportation,
communication and trade? Explain. (CBSE 2015)
2. Explain any three characteristics of chain stores. (CBSE 2017)
3. Rural Marketing centres cater to nearby settlements. Explain the statement. (CBSE 2022)
4. Define consumer cooperatives, Departmental stores and chain stores
5. What are the factors that affect transport services?
6. Why are most of the services outsourced to Asian countries?
Long Answer Type Question

(5 Marks)
1. Explain the importance of communication services in the world.

2. Define the term trading centre. Differentiate between Retail Trading and Wholesale Trading in
the world. (CBSE 2019)
77
3. Services occur at many different levels in the world. Examine the statement. (CBSE 2022)
4. What is medical tourism? Explain the scope of medical services for overseas patients in India.
(CBSE 2019)
5. What is tourism? Analyse any four tourists’ attractions in the world. (Delhi 2016)
PREPARED BY
MS. BABITA DAS
PGT GEOGRAPHY
K V KHANAPARA GUWAHATI
PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
K V NARENGI GUWAHATI
78
UNIT NO-4
CHAPTER NO-8
TITLE OF THE CHAPTER-TRANSPORT AND
COMMUNICATION
MIND MAP
79
Gist of the chapter
TRANSPORT
● Transport is a service or facility for the carriage of persons and goods from one place to
the other using humans, animals and different kinds of vehicles.
MODES OF TRANSPORT
● The principal modes of world transportation are land, water, air and pipelines.
Land Transport
● Most of the movement of goods and services takes place over land.
● With the invention of the wheel, the use of carts and wagons became important.
● Perhaps the first public railway line was opened in 1825 between Stockton and
Darlington in northern England and then onwards, railways became the most popular and
fastest form of transport in the nineteenth century.
● Among the newer developments in land transportation are pipelines, ropeways and
cableways.
Roads
● Road transport is the most economical for short distances compared to railways.
● Freight transport by road is gaining importance because it offers door-to-door service.
● But unmetalled roads, though simple in construction, are not effective and serviceable for
all seasons.
● During the rainy season these become unmotorable and even the metalled ones are
seriously handicapped during heavy rains and floods.
Border Roads
Roads laid along international boundaries are called border roads. They play an important role in
integrating people in remote areas with major cities and providing defense.
Railways
● Railways are a mode of land transport for bulky goods and passengers over long
distances.
● The railway gauges vary in different countries and are roughly classified as -: broad
(more than 1.5 m), standard (1.44 m), metre gauge (1 m) and smaller gauges.
Trans–Continental Railways
Trans–continental railways run across the continent and link its two ends. The following are the
most important of these:
Trans–Siberian Railway
80
Trans–Siberian Railways major rail route of Russia runs from St. Petersburg in the west to
Vladivostok on the Pacific Coast in the east.
Trans–Canadian Railways
● This 7,050 km long rail-line in Canada runs from Halifax in the east to Vancouver on the
Pacific Coast
● It connects the Quebec-Montreal Industrial Region with the wheat belt of the Prairie
Region and the Coniferous Forest region in the north.
The Union and Pacific Railway

● This rail-line connects New York on the Atlantic Coast to San Francisco on the Pacific
Coast.
The Australian Trans–Continental Railway

● This rail-line runs west-east across the southern part of the continent from Perth on the
west coast, to Sydney on the east coast.
The Orient Express

● This line runs from Paris to Istanbul.
WATER TRANSPORT
● One of the great advantages of water transportation is that it does not require route
construction.
● The oceans are linked with each other and are negotiable with ships of various sizes.
● All that is needed is to provide port facilities at the two ends.
● It is much cheaper because the friction of water is far less than that of land.
● The energy cost of water transportation is lower.
● Water transport is divided into sea routes and inland waterways.
Sea Routes
● The oceans offer a smooth highway traversable in all directions with no maintenance
costs.
● Compared to land and air, ocean transport is a cheaper means of haulage (carrying of
load) of bulky material over long distances from one continent to another.
Important Sea Routes

The Northern Atlantic Sea Route
● This links North-eastern U.S.A. and Northwestern Europe, the two industrially developed
regions of the world.
81
● The foreign trade over this route is greater than that of the rest of the world combined. It
is the busiest in the world and otherwise, called the Big Trunk Route.
The Mediterranean–Indian Ocean Sea Route

● Port Said, Aden, Mumbai, Colombo and Singapore are some of the important ports on
this route.
● The construction of Suez Canal has greatly reduced the distance and time as compared to
the earlier route through the Cape of Good Hope, which was longer than the route
through Suez Canal.
The Cape of Good Hope Sea Route

● This trade route connects the highly industrialised Western European region with West
Africa, South Africa, South-east Asia and the commercial agriculture and livestock
economies of Australia and New Zealand.
The Southern Atlantic Sea Route

● This sea route is another important one across the Atlantic Ocean which connects West
European and West African countries with Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay in South
America.The traffic is far less on this route.
The North Pacific Sea Route
● This sea route links the ports on the westcoast of North America with those of Asia.
The South Pacific Sea Route

● This sea route connects Western Europe and North America with Australia, New
Zealand and the scattered Pacific islands via the Panama Canal. This route is also used
for reaching Hong Kong, Philippines and Indonesia.
Coastal Shipping
● Coastal shipping is a convenient mode of transportation with long coastlines, e.g., U.S.A,
China and India.
● Shenzhen States in Europe are most suitably placed for coastal shipping connecting one
member‟s coast with the other.
Shipping Canals
The Suez Canal
● This canal had been constructed in 1869 in Egypt between Port Said in the north and Port
Suez in the south linking the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea.It is a sea-level canal
without locks which is about 160 km and 11 to 15 m deep.
The Panama Canal
82
● This canal connects the Atlantic Ocean in the east to the Pacific Ocean in the west,which
has been constructed across the Panama Isthmus between Panama City and Colon.
● The Canal is about 72 km. long and involves a very deep cutting for a length of 12 km. It
has a six-lock system.
Inland Waterways
● Rivers, canals, lakes and coastal areas have been important waterways since time
immemorial.
The Rhine Waterways

● The Rhine flows through Germany and the Netherlands. It is navigable for 700 km from
Rotterdam, at its mouth in the Netherlands to Basel in Switzerland.
● The Ruhr River joins the Rhine from the east. Dusseldorf is the Rhine port for this region.
The Danube Waterway

• This important inland waterway serves Eastern Europe It is navigable up to Taurna Severin.
The Volga Waterway

• Russia has a large number of developed waterways, of which the Volga is one of the most
important. It provides a navigable waterway of 11,200 km and drains into the Caspian Sea.
The Great Lakes – St. Lawrence Seaway

• The Great Lakes of North America Superior, Huron Erie and Ontario are connected by Soo
Canal and Welland Canal to form an inland waterway.
The Mississippi Waterways

• The Mississippi-Ohio waterway connects the interior part of the U.S.A. with the Gulf of
Mexico in the south. Large steamers can go through this route up to Minneapolis.
Air Transport
• Air transport is the fastest means of transportation, but it is very costly thus, it is preferred by
passengers for long-distance travel.
• It is often the only means to reach inaccessible areas.
Inter-Continental Air Routes

• Inter-Continental Air Routes Northern Hemisphere has developed distinct routes because of
demand. USA accounts for 60% of traffic. New York, London, Paris, Amsterdam, Frankfurt,
Rome, Moscow, Dubai, Doha, Tokyo, San Francisco, Delhi, Mumbai, Singapore, Sydney,
Chicago are nodal points for air routes. Africa, Asiatic part of Russia and South America lack air
services.
83
Pipelines
• Pipelines are used extensively to transport liquids and gases such as water, petroleum and
natural gas for an uninterrupted flow.
• Big Inch is one such famous pipeline, which carries petroleum from the oil wells of the Gulf of
Mexico to the North-eastern States. About 17 percent of all freight per tonne-km. is carried
through pipelines in U.S.A.
Communications
• Today-phenomenal development has been possible due to the use of optic fiber cables (OFC).
They allow large volumes of data to be transmitted rapidly, securely and are virtually error free.
Satellite Communication
• Internet is the largest electronic network. This form became important since 1970s after USA
and the then USSR pioneered space research.
• Artificial satellites connect the remote corners of the globe. This has rendered the unit cost and
time of communication invariant in terms of distance – and has brought down the cost.
• India has also made great strides in satellite development:
♦ Aryabhatt was launched on 19 April 1979, Bhaskar-I in 1979 and Rohini in 1980.
♦ On 18 June 1981, APPLE (Arian Passenger Payload Experiment) was launched through
Arian rocket.
♦ Bhaskar, Challenger and INSAT–1-B have made long distance communication. (T.V.
radio) very effective in India.
CyberSpace – Internet
• Cyberspace is the world of electronic computerised space.
It is the electronic digital world for communicating or accessing information over computer
networks without physical movement of the sender and the receiver.
MOST IMPORTANT QUESTIONS WITH ANSWER

MCQ
1.Which mode provides door to door service?
(A) Rail(B) Road(C) Airways(D) Pipelines
2. Which mode carries high-value light goods?
(A) Railways(B) Roads(C) Airways(D) Waterways
3.Which mode is suited for carrying a large volume of bulky materials?
(A) Roads(B) Railways(C) Airways(D) Pipelines
4.Reindeer is a pack animal in:
84
(A) Africa(B) Australia(C) Siberia(D) South America
5.Which is the longest National Highway in India?
(A) NH5(B) NH6(C) NH7(D) NH8.
6.What is the width of a standard gauge railway?
(A) 1.5 m(B) 1.44 m(C) 1 m(D) 0.75 m
7. The Australian Trans–Continental Railway runs from-to:
(A) Perth to Sydney(B) Darwin to Melbourne(C) Brisbane to Adelaide(D) Sydney to Kalgoorbe
8.When was the Suez Canal constructed?
(A) 1849(B) 1859(C) 1869(D) 1879
9.Which is the longest railway in the world?
(A) Union Pacific(B) Canadian National(C) Trans-Siberian(D) Trans Andean
10. Which seas are joined by the Panama Canal?
(A) Atlantic and Indian(B) Pacific and Indian(C) Atlantic and Pacific(D) the Mediterranean and
Red Sea
11.The Big Trunk Route runs through:
(A) The Mediterranean-Indian ocean(B) The North Atlantic Ocean(C) The South Atlantic
Ocean(D) The North Pacific Ocean
12.The Big Inch pipeline transports:
(A) Milk(B) Liquid petroleum gas (LPG)(C) Water(D) Petroleum
13.Which one pair of the following places is linked by Channel Tunnel?
(A) London – Berlin (B) Paris – London(C) Berlin – Paris(D) Barcelona – Berlin
14. Identify the country with the highest density of railway network.
(A) USA(B) Germany(C) Brazil(D) Thailand
Q15. Which is the busiest sea route of the world?
(A) North Atlantic(B) Pacific route(C) Indian ocean(D) Panama route
Q16. When was the Suez Canal constructed?
(A) 1849(B) 1859(C) 1869(D) 1879
17. Assertion: Freight transport by road is gaining importance.
Reason: it offers door-to-door service.
Options:
(A) Only assertion is correct (B) Only reason is correct (C) Both statements are correct.
Statement II correctly explains statement I. (D) Both are correct but not related to each other
18. Assertion: The quality of the roads varies greatly between developed and developing
countries
Reason: road construction and maintenance require heavy expenditure.
Options:
(A) Only assertion is correct (B) Only reason is correct (C) Both statements are correct.
Statement II correctly explains statement I. (D) Both are correct but not related to each other
19. Which of the following pair is incorrect?
(A) Aryabhatt 1979
(B) Bhaskar-I 1980
85
(C) Rohini 1980
(D) APPLE 1981
20.What is the full form of WWW?
(A) World wide web(B) word web wide(C) World web wide(D) word wide web
ANSWERS-: 1-B,2-C,3-B,4-C,5-C,6-B,7-A,8-C,9-C,10-C,11-B,12-D,13-B,14-A,15-A,16-C,17-
C,18-C,19-B,20-A
VSA
Q 1. What factors influence the mode of transportation?
Ans:
● The significance of a mode depends on the type of goods and services to be transported,
costs of transport and the mode available.
● International movement of goods is handled by ocean freighters. Road transport is
cheaper and faster over short distances and for door-to-door services.
● Railways are most suited for large volumes of bulky materials over long distances within
a country.
● High-value, light and perishable goods are best moved by airways. In a well-managed
transport system, these various modes complement each other.
Q2.Write a short note on Trans Canadian railways?
Ans:Trans Canadian railway is 7050 km long and runs from Halifax in the east to
Vancouver to the West, through Montreal, Ottawa and Winnipeg. It was initially
constructed as a part of an agreement to make British Columbia on the West coast join
the federation of states.
● It gained economic significance because it connected the Quebec-Montreal industrial
region with the wheat belt of the Prairie region, and the coniferous forest region in the
north, thus making each of them complimentary to the other.
● A loop line connects it to the important waterways of the world.
● It is the economic artery of Canada, and wheat and meat are important exports on this
route.
Q3.What are the factors on which development of inland waterways depend?

Ans:
● Rivers, canals, lakes and coastal areas have been important waterways since time
immemorial. Boats and steamers are used as means of transport for cargo and passengers.
● The development of inland waterways is dependent on the navigability width and depth
of the channel, continuity in the water flow, and transport technology in use. Rivers are
the only means of transport in dense forests.
86
● Very heavy cargo like coal, cement, timber and metallic ores can be transported through
inland waterways.
Q4.What are the problems faced by inland waterways?
Ans: Though in the ancient times, rivers were the main highways of inland transportation,
they lost importance because of competition from railways, lack of water due to diversion
of water for irrigation and their poor maintenance.
Q 5.How many types of railway tracks are there?
Ans:The railway gauges vary in different countries and are roughly classified as broad
(more than 1.5m), standard (1.44 m), metre gauge (1 m) and smaller gauges. The
standard gauge is used in the U.K.
Q 6.Write a short note on inter-continental airways.
Ans:
● In the Northern Hemisphere, there is a distinct east-west belt of inter-continental air

routes.
● Dense networks exist in Eastern U.S.A., Western Europe and Southeast Asia. The U.S.A.
alone accounts for 60 per cent of the airways of the world.
● New York, London, Paris, Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Rome, Moscow, Karachi, New Delhi,
Mumbai, Bangkok, Singapore, Tokyo, San Francisco, Los Angeles and Chicago are the
nodal points where air routes converge or diverge to all continents.
Q 7.Why is the North Atlantic Sea route significant?
Ans:
● This links North-eastern U.S.A. and Northwestern Europe, the two industrially developed
regions of the world.
● The foreign trade over this route is greater than that of the rest of the world combined.
One fourth of the world‟s foreign trade moves on this route.
● It is, therefore, the busiest in the world and otherwise, called the Big Trunk Route. Both
the coasts have highly advanced ports and harbour facilities.
Long Answer Type Questions
Q1.What are the advantages and disadvantages of road transport?
Ans: Advantages:
● Most economical for short distance compared to railways.
● Freight transport by road is gaining importance as it offers door to door service.
● Roads are cheaper, easier and simple to construct and maintain than the railways.
● They can be taken through any terrain and negotiate bends unlike railways.
● Since railways cannot be taken to every corner, roads play an important role in the
nation's trade and commerce and for promoting tourism.
Disadvantages:
87
● Unmetalled roads are not effective and serviceable throughout the year, even the metalled
roads become unmotorable during heavy rains and floods.
● Carrying capacity of roadways per vehicle is much lower than the railways.
● The quality of roads in developing countries is not good as it requires heavy investment
for construction and maintenance.
● City roads suffer from chronic traffic congestion. As a result of this most of the cities
face the problem of traffic congestion.
Q 2 Why cape of good hope sea route has less traffic?
Ans:This sea route is another important one across the Atlantic Ocean which connects West
European and West African countries with Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay in South America.
● The traffic is far less on this route because of the limited development and population in
South America and Africa.
● Only southeastern Brazil and Plata estuary and parts of South Africa have large-scale
industries.
● There is also little traffic on the route between Rio de Janeiro and Cape Town because
both South America and Africa have similar products and resources.
Q3.Which canal has shortened the distance between Europe and Asia? Give five points on
the canal.
Ans:Suez Canal has shortened the distance between Europe and Asia. This canal had been
constructed in 1869 in Egypt between Port Said in the north and Port Suez in the south linking
the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea.
● It gives Europe a new gateway to the Indian Ocean and reduces direct sea- route distance
between Liverpool and Colombo compared to the Cape of Good Hope route.
● It is a sea-level canal without locks which is about 160 km and 11 to 15m deep.
● About 100 ships travel daily and each ship takes 10-12 hours to cross this canal.
● The tolls are so heavy that some find it cheaper to go by the longer Cape Route whenever
the consequent delay is not important.
● A railway follows the canal to Suez, and from Ismailia there is a branch line to Cairo.
● A navigable fresh-water canal from the Nile also joins the Suez Canal in Ismailia to
supply fresh-water to Port Said and Suez.
Q 3.Which canal has shortened the distance between eastern and western coasts of
North America? What is its economic significance?
Ans:Panama Canal has shortened the distance between eastern and western coasts of
North America. This canal connects the Atlantic Ocean in the east to the Pacific Ocean in
the west.
Its economic significance is:
● The canal is about 72 km. long and involves a very deep cutting for a length of 12 km.
● It has a six-lock system and ships cross the different levels (26 m up and down) through
these locks before entering the Gulf of Panama.
● It shortens the distance between New York and San Francisco by 13,000 km by sea.
88
● Likewise, the distance between Western Europe and the West-coast of the U.S.A.; and
North-eastern and Central U.S.A. and East and South-east Asia is shortened.
● The economic significance of this Canal is relatively less than that of the Suez. However,
it is vital to the economies of Latin America.
Q 4.Which is the most heavily used inland waterways in the world? Why is it
important?
Ans:Rhine waterway is the most heavily used inland waterways in the world.
● The Rhine flows through Germany and the Netherlands. It is navigable for 700 km from
Rotterdam, at its mouth in the Netherlands to Basel in Switzerland.
● Ocean-going vessels can reach up to Cologne. The Ruhr River joins the Rhine from the
east.
● It flows through a rich coalfield and the whole basin has become a prosperous
manufacturing area.
● Dusseldorf is the Rhine port for this region. Huge tonnage moves along the stretch south
of the Ruhr.
● This waterway is the world‟s most heavily used. Each year more than 20,000 ocean-
going ships and 2,00,000 inland vessels exchange their cargoes.
● It connects the industrial areas of Switzerland, Germany, France, Belgium and the
Netherlands with the North Atlantic Sea Route.
Q4 .What are the advantages and disadvantages of air transport?
Ans:Advantages:
*It is the fastest means of transportation.

*Comfortable for long distance travel.
*Suitable for rapid movement of valuable and perishable cargo.
*It is the only means to reach inaccessible areas.
It is also highly effective during emergencies like when routes get blocked due to landslides,
avalanches, floods etc. Strategically, airways are very significant.
Disadvantages:
*Costly, not within reach of poor people.
*It is also expensive to maintain aircraft as well as the airports.It‟s operation dependent on the
*weather conditions.Construction of airports is limited by certain physical constraints.
Q5.What are pipelines? Give the advantages and disadvantages of pipeline transportation.
Ans:Pipelines are used to transport liquids like water, oil, gas for uninterrupted flow.
Advantages:
*It can be taken through any terrain.
*The initial cost is high but the maintenance cost is low.
*It is eco-friendly as it requires no fuel.
89
*Its operation is not affected by unwanted human intervention.
Disadvantages:
*Solids cannot be transported.
*Any undetected leakage leads to wastage.
QUESTION BANK
1 Mark Questions
Q. 1. Which country of the world has the highest road density? (AISSCE 2017)
Q. 2. Why is west Asia the least developed in rail facilities? Explain one reason, (AISSCE 2017)
Q. 3. Define the term „Transport network‟. (Delhi 2015)
Q. 4. In which country are motorways called „autobahns? (AISSCE 2015)
Q. 5. Mention the busiest ocean route of the world. (Delhi 2014)
OR
Which is the busiest sea route in the world? (AISSCE 2011)
Q. 6. Name the seaports on each end of Suez Canal. (Delhi 2014).
Q. 7. Define the term road density. (Delhi 2014)
Q. 8. What is the meaning of cyberspace? (AISSCE 2014)
Q. 9. Name the most important inland waterway of Germany. (AISSCE 2014)
Q. 10. Name the terminal stations of „Australian trans-continental railway.‟ (Delhi 2013, 2009)
Q. 11. Which highway connects North America and South America? (AISSCE 2013)
Q. 12. Name the navigational canal that serves as a gateway of commerce for both the continents
of Asia and Europe. (Delhi 2011)
Q. 13. Give the significance of river St Lawrence as an inland waterway. (Delhi 2011)
Q. 14. Name the terminal stations of the orient express railway. (AISSCE 2011)
Q. 15. Name the terminal stations of Australian Trans-continental railway. (Delhi 2009)
Q. 16. Name the terminal stations of longest railway route in the world. (AISSCE 2009)
Q. 17. Which is the famous petroleum pipeline‟ of USA? (AISSCE 2000)
3 Marks Questions
Q. 18. Describe any three advantages of water transport in the world. (Delhi 2013)
Q. 19. Explain any three points of the economic significance of „Trans- Siberian railway‟. (Delhi
2013)
Q. 20. What is cyberspace? Describe any two advantages of the Internet. (Delhi 2013)
Q. 21. Why is the Rhine the world‟s most heavily used waterway? Explain any three reasons.
(Delhi 2013)
Q. 22. Mention the famous oil pipeline in the USA. How are pipelines one of the most
convenient modes of transport? (Delhi 2011)
5 Marks Questions
Q. 23. Classify means of communication on the basis of scale and quality into two categories.
Explain any two characteristics of each category. (AISSCE 2017)
Q. 24. „The Suez and the Panama Canal are two vital man-made navigation canals which serve
as the gateways of commerce for both the Eastern and Western worlds.‟ In light of this
statement, explain the economic significance of these two canals. (Delhi 2016)
90
OR
Name the vital man-made shipping canal linking the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea. Write
any four characteristics of this canal. (AISSCE 2010)
Q. 25. „Trans- Canadian railway line is considered as the economic artery of Canada.‟ Support
the statement with suitable examples, (AISSCE 2016)
Q. 26. “The Rhine waterways is the world‟s most heavily used island waterway”. “In the light of
this statement, examine the significance of the waterway. (AISSCE 2016)
Q. 27. Explain the importance of „communication services‟ in the world. (AISSCE 2016)
Q. 28. Which means of transport is extensively used for carrying water, petroleum, natural gas
and other liquids? Describe the network of this means of transport in the world. (Delhi 2015)
Q. 29. Describe the journey of development of land transport from the days of humans as carriers
and the cableways of today, (Delhi 2015)
Q. 30. Name the longest Trans-Continental railway in the world. Describe its any four features.
(Delhi 2015)
Q. 31. Which shipping canal links the Atlantic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean? Explain its any four
characteristics. (AISSCE 2015)
Q. 32. What is the importance of railways as a mode of land transport? Explain any four main
features of the railway network in Europe. (AISSCE 2015)
OR
Explain any five characteristics of rail transport in Europe. (AISSCE 2012)
Q. 33. Which is the longest trans-continental railway in North America? Describe its any four
features. (AISSCE 2015)
Q. 34. State any three characteristics of water transport. Why is traffic far less on the Cape of
Good Hope route? (Delhi 2012)
Q. 35. Which continent has the highest road density? Why do traffic congestions occur on road?
Explain any three measures to solve the problem of traffic congestion. (Delhi 2012)
Q. 36. Explain the merits and demerits of road transport in the world. (AISSCE 2012)
Q. 37. Explain the significance of each of the transport and communication services available in
the world. (Delhi 2010)
Q. 38. Name the principal mode of transportation in the world which is used for carrying liquid
and gaseous materials only. Mention any four characteristics of this mode of transportation.
(Delhi Board 2010)
Q. 39. What is the significance of inland waterways? Explain the three factors responsible for the
development of inland waterways in the world. (All India 2010)
Q. 40. What are the highways? Explain the significance of highways with examples from
different continents, (AISSCE 2009).
Q. 41. What is the importance of roads? Explain any three reasons for the existence of good
quality roads in the developed countries. (AISSCE 2009)
Q. 42. Write any six characteristics of the Suez Canal. (Delhi 2009)
Q. 43. Mention any six advantages of oceanic routes. (Delhi 2009)
Q. 44. Which is the busiest sea route in the world? Describe its four characteristics. (Delhi 2008)
Q. 45. Define the term „Trans-Continental railways.‟ Write four characteristics each of Trans-
Siberian railways and Trans-Canadian railways. (Delhi 2008)
Q. 46. Define the term „transport‟. Describe any four features of highways of North America.
(Delhi 2008)
Q. 47. Study the map given below carefully and answer the Questions that follow. (2011)
91
(i) Identify and name the canal shown in the map.
(ii) Write any four characteristics of this canal.
Q. 48.
Study the map and answer the Questions that follow. (AISSCE 2014)
(i) Identify and name the railway line shown on the map.
(ii) Name the continents linked by this rail route.
(iii) Explain how this railway line is helpful for the promotion of trade in this region?
Q.50.On the given political map of the world, the following seven features are shown. Identify
any five of these features and write their correct names on the lines marked near each feature.
A. A Sea Port of South America (2009)
B. An airport of Asia (2008)
C.A Sea Port of Africa (2011)
D. An Airport of Europe (2012)
E. Terminal Stations of Trans-Australian Railways (2014)
92
● PREPARED BY: RITESH MISHRA
P.G.T GEOGRAPHY K.V. LOKRA
● PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
93
Unit-III
Fundamentals of Human Geography
Chapter-9: International Trade
MIND MAP
History of International Trade Basis of International Trade
 Barter System 1. Difference in National

 Slave Trade Resources
2. Population Factors
3. Stage of Economic
Balance of Trade Development
4. Extent of Foreign Investment

Positive Positive
Balance of Balance of 5. Transport
Trade Trade
World Trade
Organisation
Types of INTERNATIONAL (WTO)
International Trade TRADE
 Deals with global
a) Bilateral
rules of trade
b) Multi-Lateral
 Resolves disputes
between members
GATEWAYS OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Case for Free Trade
 Trade Liberalisation Types of Port
 Globalisation
Based on Cargo handled Based on Location Based on Function
Industrial Comprehensive Inland Out

Ports Ports Ports Ports
Commercial
Ports Oil Ports of Packet Entrepot Naval
Ports Call Station Ports Ports
94
GIST OF THE CHAPTER
 Exchange of goods and services among countries across national boundaries is international
trade
 Initial form of trade is barter system
History of international trade
 In ancient times- trade was restricted to local markets [transporting goods over long
distances was risky]
 Silk route- Rome to china- transport of Chinese silk, Roman wool and precious metals.
Goods also collected from India, Persia and central Asia
 15th century- European colonialism gave a new form of trade- slave trade
 After industrial revolution- industrialised nations imported raw materials and exported
finished products to on industrialized nations
 Later half of 19th century- industrial nations became each other‟s principle customers
Why does international trade exist?
 Result of specialization in production
Basis of international trade
1. Difference in national resources
 National resources are unevenly distributed because of differences in geology, relief, soil
and climate
 Geology determines the mineral resource base and topographical differences ensure
diversity of crops and animals raised
 Climate influences the type of flora and fauna in a given region
2. Population factors
 Distinctive forms of art and craft develop in certain cultures which are valued world over
 Eg- porcelains from china, carpets of Iran
 Densely populated countries have large volume of internal trade but little external trade
 Standard of living of the population determines the demand for better quality imported
products
3. Stage of economic development
 Stage of economic development influence the nature of items traded
 In agriculturally important countries agro products are exchanged for manufactured goods
 Industrialised nations export machinery and finished products and import food grains and
other raw materials
4. Extent of foreign investment
 It can boost trade in developing countries which lack in capital
 They develop capital intensive industries like mining, oil drilling, plantation agriculture etc.
 The industrial nations ensure import of food stuffs and minerals and create markets for their
finished products
5. Transport
 Expansion of rail, ocean and air transport, better means of refrigeration and preservation
trade has experienced spatial expansion.
Balance of trade
95
 The difference between the volume of goods and services imported as well as exported by
a country to other countries
 Negative/ unfavourable balance of trade = import value > export value
 Positive/favourable balance of trade = export value > import value
 Negative balance- country spends more on buying goods than it can earn by selling its
goods. This would ultimately lead to exhaustion of its financial reserves
Types of international trade
2 types
 Bilateral trade
Trade done by two countries with each other. The countries enter into an agreement to trade
specified commodities amongst them
 Multilateral trade
Trade conducted with many trading countries. The same country can trade with a number of
other countries
Case of Free Trade
 The act of opening up economies for trading is known as free trade or trade liberalization
 The trade barriers like tariffs is brought down for free trade
 Trade liberalization allows goods and services from everywhere to compete with domestic
products and services
Dumping
 The practice of selling a commodity in two countries at a price that differs for reasons not
related to costs is called dumping
GATT
 1948- GATT [General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade] formed
 Aim- to liberalise the world from high customs tariff and various other types of restrictions
 1994- decision to set up a permanent institution for looking after the promotion of free and
fair trade amongst nation
 GATT- transformed to WTO- on 1st January 1995
World Trade Organisation
 It is the only international organisation dealing with the global rules of trade between
nations  It sets the rules for the global trading system
 It resolves disputes between its member nations
 It also covers trade in services such as telecommunication and banking and issues like
intellectual rights
WTO-Criticisms
 Free trade widening the gulf between rich and poor [influential nations in the WTO focus
on their own commercial interests]
 Developed countries have not fully opened their markets to products from developing
countries
 Issues of health, worker‟s rights, child labour and environment are ignored
International trade- advantages
1. Regional specialization
2. Higher level of production
96
3. Better standard of living
4. World wide availability of goods and services
5. Equalization of prices and wages
6. Diffusion of knowledge and culture
International trade- disadvantages
1. Dependence on other countries
2. Uneven levels of development
3. Exploitation of resources
4. Commercial rivalry leading to wars
5. Create more pollution
6. Health concerns not addressed
Gateways of international trade
Cargoes and travellers pass from one part of the world to another through ports. So ports are
called gateways of international trade
Facilities provided by ports
1. Docking [structure for handling ships]
2. Loading and unloading
3. Storage facilities for cargo
4. Maintenance of navigable channels
5. Arranging tugs [a boat that move vessels that cannot move themselves alone] and barges
[flat bottom boat built mainly for river and canal transport of heavy goods]
6. Labour and managerial services
Types of port
1. On the basis of cargo handled- 3 types
 Industrial ports
 These ports specialize in bulk cargo [transported unpacked in large quantities]
 Eg- grains, ore
 Commercial ports
 Handle general cargo, packaged products and manufactured good [boxes, bales, barrels]
 Also handle passenger traffic
 Comprehensive ports
 Handle bulk and general cargo
2. On the basis of location- 2 types
 Inland ports
 Located away from sea coast
 Linked to the sea through a river or canal
 Eg- Kolkata on river Hugli
 Out ports
 These are deep water ports built away from the actual ports
 Serve parent ports by receiving large sized ships unable to reach them
 Eg- Athens- out port- Piraeus
3. On the basis of functions- 5 types
 Oil ports
97
 Deal in the processing and shipping of oil
 Some are tanker ports and some are refinery ports
 Ports of call
 These are ports which originally developed as calling points on main sea routes for
refuelling, watering and taking food item
 Eg- Singapore
 Packet station
 Also called ferry ports
 Concerned with the transportation of passengers and mail across water bodies covering
short distances
 Eg- Dover in England and Calais in France across English Channel
 Entrepot ports
 These are collection centres where the goods are brought from different countries for export
 Eg- Singapore
 Naval ports
 These are ports which have only strategic importance
 These ports serve warships and have repair workshops for them
 Eg- Kochi.
Most Important Questions with Answers

MCQs (1 mark)
Q1. Which is the only fair in India where barter system is practiced till date?
(a) Kumbh mela (b) Sonepur mela
(c) Jon Beel mela (d) Tarnetar mela
Ans: (c) Jon Beel mela
Q2. The Silk Route is connecting----
(a) Moscow to Athens (b) Rome to India
(c) Rome to China (d) Beijing to Iran
Ans: (c) Rome to China
Q3. Match the following countries and years of abolition of the slave trade and choose the
correct answer:
Country Year of Abolition
(A) Denmark (i) 1808
(B) Britain (ii) 1807
(C) USA (iii) 1792
Codes:
(a) A-i, B-ii, C-iii (b) A-ii, B-i, C-iii
(c) A-iii, B-i, C-ii (d) A-iii, B-ii, C-i
Ans: (d) A-iii, B-ii, C-i
Q4. When a country/nation becomes most successful in trade among the member nations, it is
called----
(a) MEN (b) MFN (c) MSN (d) MCN
98
Ans: (b) MFN
Q5. What is the full form of GATT?
(a) General Assessment for Tariffs and Trade
(b) General Agreement for Tariffs and Tax
(c) General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
(d) Gross Assessment in tax and Tariffs
Ans: (c) General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
Q6. When was the GATT transformed into World Trade Organisation (WTO)?
(a) 1st January 1994 (b) 1st July 1994
(c) 1st January 1995 (d) 1st July 1995
Ans: (c) 1st January 1995
Q7. Where is the Headquarter of WTO located?
(a) Geneva (b) Moscow
(c) New York (d) Rome
Ans: (a) Geneva
Q8. Consider the following statements and choose the correct option from the given options
I. The WTO however has been criticized and opposed by those who are worried about the
effects of Free trade and economic globalization.
II. Free trade does not make ordinary people‟s lives more prosperous.
Options-
(a) Only statement I is correct
(b) Both the statements are true and statement II correctly present the reason for statement I
(c) Only Statement II is correct
(d) Both the statements I and II are incorrect
Ans: (b) Both the statements are true and statement II correctly present the reason for
statement I
Q9. When the international trade is not be mutually beneficial for nations?
(a) if it leads to regional specialisation
(b) if it leads to higher level of production
(c) if it leads to worldwide availability of goods and services
(d) if it leads to concentration of knowledge and culture.
Ans: (d) if it leads to concentration of knowledge and culture.
Q10. Which one of the following is considered as the gateways of international trade?
(a) Sea ports (b) Air ports
(c) Railways (d) Roadways
Ans: (a) Sea ports
Q11. In which type most of the world‟s great ports are classified as?
(a) Industrial port (b) Commercial port
(c) Comprehensive port (d) Naval ports
Ans: (c) Comprehensive port
Q12. Which one of the following is an example of inland port?
(a) Manchester (b) Athens (c) Mumbai (d) Aden
Ans: (a) Manchester
Q13. Maracaibo, Esskhira and Tripoli ports are classified as ---
(a) Ports of Call (b) Naval Ports (c) Oil Ports (d) Entrepot ports
99
Ans: (c) Oil Ports
Q14. Match the following:
Entrepot Ports Area of Service
(A) Singapore (i) Europe
(B) Rotterdam (ii) Baltic Region
(C) Copenhagen (iii) Asia
Codes:
(a) A-i, B-ii, C-iii (b) A-iii, B-i, C-ii
(c) A-iii, B-ii, C-i (d) A-i, B-iii, C-ii
Ans: (b) A-iii, B-i, C-ii
Q15. Which of the following ports is an example of Naval port in India?
(a) Vizag (b) Kochi (c) Ennore (d) Kolkata
Ans: (b) Kochi
Short Questions (3 marks)
Q1. “Every January after the harvest season „Jonbeel Mela‟ takes place in Jagiroad, 35
kilometres away from Guwahati and it is possibly the only fair in India, where „barter system‟
is still alive. A big market is organised during this fair and people from various tribes and
communities exchange their products.”
In light of the above paragraph, justify the values of „barter system‟ in the lives of the tribal
communities. 3
Ans: Values of barter system in the lives of the tribal community:
(i) The barter system fosters mutual cooperation among the tribal communities.
(ii) This system builds amiable relationship and sharing of goods among themselves.
(iii) Through this system tribals are growing together with good will, mutual respect and
welfare and wellbeing of the communities.
Q2. What is the basic function of the World Trade Organisation? 3
Ans: Basic function of World Trade Organisation is-
(i) To act as an international organisation to deal with the global rules of trade between
nations.
(ii) It sets the rules for the global trading and resolves the disputes between member nations.
(iii) It is a permanent institution for looking after the promotion of free and fair trade amongst
nations.
(iv) WTO also covers trade in services, such as telecommunication and banking, and other
issues such as intellectual rights. (Any three points)
Q3. W.T.O. is often criticized for widening the Gap between developed and developing
countries. Examine critically.
Ans:
(i) Free trade widening the gulf between rich and poor [influential nations in the WTO focus
on their own commercial interests].
(ii) Developed countries have not fully opened their markets to products from developing
countries.
(iii) Issues of health, worker‟s rights child labour and environment are ignored.
Q4. How is the difference in national resources a basis of international trade? Explain with
three examples. 3
Ans: Difference in national resources
100
 National resources are unevenly distributed because of differences in geology, relief, soil
and climate
 Geology determines the mineral resource base
 Topographical differences ensure diversity of crops and animals raised
 Climate influences the type of flora and fauna in a given region
Q5. Which are the two types of ports based on location? Write any two features of each type
of port. 1+2=3
Ans: On the basis of location there are two types port-
(i) Inland ports
 Located away from sea coast
 Linked to the sea through a river or canal
 Eg- Kolkata on river Hugli
(ii) Out ports
 These are deep water ports built away from the actual ports
 Serve parent ports by receiving large sized ships unable to reach them
 Eg- Athens- out port- Piraeus
Long Questions (5 marks)
Q1. Explain with examples the history of development of International Trade. 5
Ans: Development of International Trade:
(i) In ancient times, transporting goods over long distances was risky, hence trade was
restricted to local markets.
(ii) Earlier people spent most of their resources on the basis of necessities-food and clothes.
(iii) Only the rich people bought jewellery, costly dresses and this resulted in trade of luxury
items.
(iv) Fifteenth century onwards, the European colonization began along with trade of exotic
commodities (a new form of trade emerged which was called slave trade)
(v) After the Industrial Revolution, the industrialised nation imported primary products as
raw material and exported the value added finished products to the non-industrialized nations.
(vi) In the latter half of the nineteenth century, the industrial nations became each other‟s
principle customers.
(vii) Post World War II, organizations like GATT (WTO) was formed to reduce tariffs to
regulate International Trade. (Any five points to be explained)
Q2. Explain with examples the population factor as the basis of international trade. 5
Ans: Population factor as the basis of International Trade:
(i) Diversity of people between countries affect the type and volume of goods traded.
(ii) Distinctive forms of art and craft develop in certain cultures which are valued the world
over. Example China products are the finest porcelains and brocade, carpets of Iran etc.
(iii) Densely populated countries have large volume of internal trade but little external trade
because most of the production is consumed in the local markets.
(iv) High standard of living of the population determines the demand for better quality
imported products.
(v) With low standard of living only a few people can afford to buy costly imported goods.
Hence, it affects the international trade.
Q3. How are ports helpful for international trade? 5
101
Ans:
(i) The commercial part of a harbour containing facilities for loading and unloading, and
facilities for storage are called ports.
(ii) Ports are called gateways of international trade. 90-95% of international trade is carried
out through them.
(iii) Major part of the international trade is carried out through waterways and ports are two
ends of a waterway, they become extremely important.
(iv) The ports provide facilities of docking, loading, unloading, storage facilities for cargo.
(v) In order to provide these facilities, the port authorities make arrangements for maintaining
navigable channels, arranging tugs and barges, and providing labour and managerial services.
Question Bank
Q1. Mention any two problems of barter system of trade. ½+½=1
[2019-All India]
Q2. Asses the positive aspect of „trade liberalisation‟. 1
[2016-All India]
Q3. What is an „entrepot port‟? Give an example of it. ½+½=1
[2016-Foreign]
Q4. Explain how international trade can prove to be detrimental to the nations. 3
[2020-Compartment]
Q5. Explain any three bases of international trade. 1×3=3
[2019-Foreign]
Q6. Why has World Trade Organisation (WTO) been criticised and opposed? Explain any
three reasons. 1+2=3
[2019-Compartment]
Q7. Explain three types of seaports classified on the basis of cargo handled by them. 1×3=3
[2019-Compartment]
Q8. “Every January after the harvest season „Jonbeel Mela‟ takes place in Jagiroad, 35
kilometres away from Guwahati and it is possibly the only fair in India, where „barter system‟
is still alive. A big market is organised during this fair and people from various tribes and
communities exchange their products.”
In light of the above paragraph, justify the values of „barter system‟ in the lives of the tribal
communities. 3
[2018-All India]
Q9. Explain with examples the development of International Trade. 5
OR
Explain with examples the population factor as the basis of international trade. 5
[2019-All India]
Q10. “International trade is mutually beneficial to nations.” Analyse the statement. 1×5=5
OR
“The difference in national resources is the basis of international trade.” Analyse the
statement. 1×5=5
[2019-Foreign]
102
Q11. „„In modern times international trade is the basis of the world economy.‟‟ Support the
statement with examples. 51=5
[2017-All India]
Q12. Why was Silk Route important in ancient times? 3
Q13. Write a short note on balance of trade. 3
Q14. What are impacts of negative balance of trade in a country? 3
Q15. Why is it harmful for a nation to have negative balance of payments? 3
Prepared by-
Sashanka Deb Mandal
PGT-Geography
KV Misa Cantt.
PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
103
Map Work (World Map)
Largest Countries of every Continents

Asia – China, Europe – France, Africa – Algeria, North America – Canada, South America – Brazil, Australia/Oceania - Australia
104
Commercial grain farming
Prairies of U.S.A and Canada, Pampas of Argentina, Velds of South Africa, Australia Downs, canterbury of New Zealand, Eurasian Steppes.
105
Area of Subsistence gathering
Northern America, Amezon Basin, Southern Chile, Zaire Basin, Northern Fringe Of Australia, Interior of South-East Asia, Northern Eurasia.
106
Areas of Nomadic Herding
Atlantic shore of North Africa, South-west Africa, Arabian peninsula, Islands of Madagascar, Central China, Mongolia, Tundra region of
Eurasia
107
Areas of Mixed Farming
North-Western Europe, Eastern North America, temperate latitudes of Southern Continents, Eurasia.
108
Areas of Primitive subsistence Agriculture
South and Central America, Central West Africa, South-East Asia
109
Areas of Commercial livestock Raring
Argentina, Uruguay, Australia, U.S.A.
110
Important ports of World
North America – Vancouver, San Francisco, New Orleans ; South America – Colon,Valparaiso, Rio De Janeiro; Africa – Suez, Cape town;
Europe – London, Hamburger, North Cape; Asia – Karachi, Kolkata, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Yokohama; Australia – Perth, Sydney, Melbourne.
111
Trans Continental Railway Terminal
Trans Canadian Railway Terminal – Halifax and Vancouver; Trans-Siberian Railway Terminal – St. Petersburg and Vladivostok; The Australian
Trans Continental Railway – Perth and Melbourne.
112
World’s important waterways
North America – St. Lawrence seaway, South America – The Panama canal, Europe -Rhine waterway, Africa – Suez Canal
113
World’s important Airports
North America – Mexico City, New Orleans, Chicago; South America – Santiago, Buenos Aires; Europe – Paris, London, Berlin, Moscow,
Rome; Africa – Johannesburg, Nairobi, Jeddah; Asia – Mumbai, Beijing, Tokyo; Australia – Darwin, Wellington.
114
UNIT-1
CH- 1 : POPULATION - DISTRIBUTION,
DENSITY,GROWTH AND COMPOSITION
Mind Map
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION
GROWTH OF
DENSITY OF POPULATION
POPULATION
FOUR PHASES OF COMPOSITION OF

POPULATION
POPULATION WORKING
COMPOSITION
GROWTH POPULATION
115
Gist of the Chapter
 India Is The Second Most Populous Country After China In The World With Its Total
Population Of 1,210 Million (2011)
 Population Data Are Collected Through Census Operation Held Every 10 Years In Our
Country.
 The First Population Census In India Was Conducted In 1872
 First Complete Census Was Conducted Only In 1881
Distribution Of Population:
 Uttar Pradesh Has The Highest Population Followed By Maharashtra, Bihar And West
Bengal.
Density of Population:
 Density Of Population, Is Expressed As Number Of Persons Per Unit Area
 The Density Of Population In India (2011) Is 382 Persons Per Sq Km
 The Density Of Population Increased From 117 Persons/ Sq Km In 1951 To 382
Persons/Sq Km In 2011.
 Population Densities In The Country Ranges From As Low As 17 Persons Per Sq Km In
Arunachal Pradesh To 11,297 Persons In The National Capital Territory Of Delhi
Growth of Population:
 Growth Of Population Is The Change In The Number Of People Living In A Particular
Area Between Two Points Of Time.
 Population Growth Has Two Components Namely; Natural And Induced.
 Natural Growth Is Analyzed By Assessing The Crude Birth And Death Rates, The
Induced Components Are Explained By The Volume Of Inward And Outward Movement
Of People In Any Given Area
 The Annual Growth Rate Of India‟s Population Is 1.64 Per Cent (2011).
 There Are Four Distinct Phases Of Growth Identified Within 1901-2001
 Phase I : The Period From 1901-1921 Is Referred To As A Period Of Stagnant Or
Stationary Phase Of Growth Of India‟s Population,
 In This Period Growth Rate Was Very Low, Even Recording A Negative Growth Rate
During 1911-1921.
 Phase II: The Decades 1921-1951 Are Referred To As The Period Of Steady
Population Growth. The Crude Birth Rate Remained High In This Period Leading To
Higher Growth Rate Than The Previous Phase.
116
 Phase III : The Decades 1951-1981 Are Referred To As The Period Of Population
Explosion In India, Which Was Caused By A Rapid Fall In The Mortality Rate But A
High Fertility Rate Of Population In The Country.
 It Is In This Period, After The Independence, That Developmental Activities Were
Introduced Through A Centralised Planning Process And Economy Started improving
leading to The Improvement Of Living Condition Of People At Large.
 Besides, Increased International Migration Bringing In Tibetans, Bangladeshis, Nepalies
And Even People From Pakistan Contributed To The High Growth Rate.
 Phase IV : In The Post 1981 Till Present, The Growth Rate Of Country‟s Population
Though Remained High, Has Started Slowing Down Gradually .
 The decrease Of Crude Birth Rate Is Responsible For Such A Population Growth. This
Was, In Turn, Affected By An Increase In The Mean Age At Marriage, Improved Quality
Of Life Particularly Education Of Females In The Country
Regional Variation In Population Growth:

 The States Like Kerala, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Puducherry,
And Goa Show A Low Rate Of Growth Not Exceeding 20 Per Cent Over The Decade.
 Kerala Registered The Lowest Growth Rate (9.4) In The Country As A Whole.
 An Important Aspect Of Population Growth In India Is The Growth Of Its Adolescents.
 At Present The Share Of Adolescents i.e, Up To The Age Group Of 10-19 Years Is About
20.9 Per Cent (2011)
 There Are Many Challenges For The Society As Far As These Adolescents Are
Concerned, Some Of Which Are :
 Lower Age At Marriage,
 Illiteracy – Particularly Female Illiteracy,
 School Dropouts,
 Low Intake Of Nutrients,
 High Rate Of Maternal Mortality Of Adolescent Mothers,
 High Rate Of HIV And Aids Infections,
 Physical And Mental Disability Or Retardedness,
 Drug Abuse And Alcoholism,
 Juvenile Delinquency And Commitence Of Crimes, Etc.
 The National Youth Policy (Nyp–2014) Launched In February 2014 Proposes A Holistic
„Vision‟ For The Youth Of India,
117
Population Composition:
Rural- Urban Composition:
 In India About 68.8% Of The Total Population Lives In Villages(2011).
 States Like Himachal Pradesh And Bihar Have Very High Percentage Of Rural
Population.
 The States Of Goa And Mizoram Have Low Percentage Of Population Residing In The
Villages.
 The Proportion Of Urban Population (31.16%) In India
Religious Composition:
 Hindus Are Distributed As A Major Group In Many States (Ranging From 70 - 90 Per
Cent And Above)
 Muslims, The Largest Religious Minority.They Form Majority In Kashmir Valley And
Lakshadweep.
 The Christian Population Is Distributed Mostly In Rural Areas Of The Country.
 Sikhs Are Mostly Concentrated In The States Of Punjab, Haryana And Delhi.
 Jains And Buddhists, The Smallest Religious Groups In India
Linguistic Composition:
 In India There Are About 22 Scheduled Languages
 Among The Scheduled Languages,The Speakers Of Hindi Have The Highest Percentage.
The Smallest Language Groups Are Sanskrit, Bodo And Manipuri Speakers (2011).
 The Speakers Of Major Indian Languages Belong To Four Language Families.They Are:
 Austric (Nishada) 1.38%
 Dravidian (Dravida) 20%
 Sino-Tibetan (Kirata) 0.85%
 Indo - European (Aryan) 73%
Composition of Working Population:

The Population Of India According To Their Economic Status Is Divided Into Three Groups:
Main Workers, Marginal Workers and Non-Workers.

 In India, The Proportion Of Workers (Both Main And Marginal) Is Only 39.8 Per Cent
(2011) Leaving A Vast Majority Of About 60 Per Cent As Non-Workers
 Main Worker Is A Person Who Works For At least 183 Days ( Or Six Months) In A
Year.
118
 Marginal Worker Is A Person Who Works For Less Than 183 Days ( Or Six Months) In
A Year.
 About 54.6 Per Cent Of Total Working Population Are Cultivators And Agricultural
Laborers, Whereas Only 3.8% Of Workers Are Engaged In Household Industries And
41.6 % Are Other Workers Including Non Household Industries, Trade, Commerce,
Construction And Repair And Other Services.
Most Important Questions with Answers

MCQ TYPE QUESTION. ( 1 Mark)
Q1.India‟s Population As Per 2011 Census Is:
(a)1028 Million (B) 3287 Million (C) 3182 Million (D) 1210 Million
Ans: D
Q2.Which One of the Following States Has the Highest Density of Population in India?
(a)West Bengal (B) Bihar (C) Kerala (D) Punjab
Ans:B
Q3. Which One Of The Following States Has The Highest Proportion Of Urban Population In
India According To 2011 Census?
(a)Tamil Nadu (C) Kerala (B) Maharashtra (D) Goa
Ans: D
Q4. Which One Of The Following Is The Largest Linguistic Group Of India?
(a) Sino – Tibetan (B) Austric (C) Indo – Aryan (D) Dravidian
Ans:C
Q5. The Density Of Population In India (2011) Is?
(a)378 (B)380 (C)382 (D) 384
Ans: C
Q6.The Decades Of ----------- Are Referred To As The Period Of Population Explosion In India.
(a)1921-1951 (B) 1981-2002 (C) 1951-1981 (D) None Of These
Ans: C
119
Q7. The Government Of India Has Launched A Nationwide Campaign Called------------ To
Promote Gender Sensitivity.
(a)Beti Bachao Beti Padhao
(b)Beti Parhao
(c) Both A And B
(d)None Of These
Ans. (a)
Q8. Which State Has The Largest Population?

(A) Uttar Pradesh B) West Bengal(C) Kerala(D) Punjab
Ans: A
Q9. When Was The First Census Held In India?

(A) 1871 (B) 1881 (C) 1891 (D) 1861
Ans.(b)
Q10.Which Of The Following Is Associated With Adolescent Population?
(a) Low Age At Marriage (b) Illiteracy,Particulary Female Illiteracy
(c) Low Intake of Nutrients
(d)All Of These.
ANS. (d)
Q11.Assertion: There is a close relationship between population and physical factors so

distribution of population is uneven.
Reason: highest density of population is recorded from Arunachal Pradesh.
(a) Assertion is correct but reason is false

(b) Reason is correct but assertion is wrong
(c) Both A and R are correct and R supports A
(d) Both A and R are correct But R does not support A.
ANS. (a)
120
Q12.Case Based Question.
Read The Source Given Below And Answer The Questions That Follow:
The percentage shares of population of the states and Union Territories in the country show that
Uttar Pradesh has the highest population followed by Maharashtra, Bihar and West Bengal.
Andhra Pradesh along with Tamil Nadu, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Karnataka and Gujarat,
together account for about 76 per cent of the total population of the country. On the other hand,
share of population is very small in the states like Jammu & Kashmir (1.04%), Arunachal
Pradesh (0.11%) and Uttarakhand (0.84%) inspite of theses states having fairly large
geographical area.
(a)Which Of The Given Option Is Best Suited For The Population Status Of India?
(i) even spatial distribution of population
(ii) dense distribution of population
(iii) uneven spatial distribution of population
(iv)sparse distribution of population
Ans (iii)
(b)The Distribution Pattern Of Population In India Suggests A Close Relationship Between
(i) natural and man made factors
(ii) climate and terrain
(iii) availability of minerals and energy resources and concentration of population
(iv) population and physical ,socio-economic and historical factors
Ans (iv)
(c ) The Physical Factors That Determine The Pattern Of The Population Distribution Are:
(i) climate
(ii) terrain
(iii) availability of water
(iv)All of these
Ans (iv)
121
Short Answer Type Questions: (3 Marks)
Q11.Define Population Growth.Also Mention About The Components Of The
Population Growth.
 Ans. Growth Of Population Refers To The Change In The Number Of People Living In
A Particular Area Between Two Points Of Time.
 Population Growth Has Two Components Namely; Natural And Induced.
 Natural Growth:It Is Obtained By Assessing The Crude Birth And Death Rates,
 Induced Growth : It Is Obtained By The Volume Of Inward And Outward Movement Of
People In Any Given Area.
Q12.Why Do Some States Of India Have Higher Rates Of Work Participation Than
Others?
Ans. In India ,The Work Participation Rate Are Higher In The Areas Of Lower Level Of
Economic Development
 Because A Large Number Of People Are Needed To Perform Agricultural Or Non

Agricultural Activities.
Q13.Which States Have Large Rural Population In India?Give Reason For Such Large
Rural Population.
Ans. Bihar And Sikkim Have Large Rural Population.
Reason For Large Rural Population Is The Dependence On Agriculture.
Q14.The Distribution Of Population Is Highly Uneven In India.’ Give Three Examples.

Ans:
 India Has An Uneven Distribution Of Population:Plains Have More Population Than

Mountains, Deserts And Forested Lands Have Less Population.
 Urban Regions Of Delhi,Mumbai,Etc Have High Population Due To
Industrialization,Urbanization,Etc.
 River Basins And Coastal Plains Have Dense Population.
Long Answer Questions: (5 Marks)

Q.1 “The Growth Rate of Population in India Over The Last One Century Has Been
Caused By Annual Birth Rate And Death Rate And Rate Of Migration And Thereby
Shows Different Trends”. Justify The Statement.
 ANS: There Are Four Distinct Phases Of Growth In India. They Are As Follows:
122
 PHASE I : The Period From 1901-1921 Is Referred To As A Period Of Stagnant Or
Stationary Phase Of Growth Of India‟s Population,
 In This Period Growth Rate Was Very Low, Even Recording A Negative Growth Rate
During 1911-1921
 Both The Birth Rate And Death Rate Were High During This Period
 Reasons Of High Birth Rate: Illiteracy Of People
 Reasons Of High Death Rate: Inefficient Distribution System Of Food And Other Basic
Necessities,Lack Of Medical Facilities
 PHASE II: The Decades 1921-1951 Are Referred To As The Period Of Steady
Population Growth.
 Mortality Rate Declined During This Peiod Due To Improvement In Health And
Sanitation Facility
 Birth Rate Remained High In This Period ,So The Growth Rate Was Higher In This
Period.
 PHASE III: The Decades 1951-1981 Are Referred To As The Period Of Population
Explosion In India
 During This Phase,There Was A Rapid Fall In The Mortality Rate But The Fertility Rate
Remained High
 Since This Was Aperiod After Independence, International Migration From Neighouring
Countries Also Led To High Growth Rate.
 PHASE IV : In The Post 1981 Till Present, The Growth Rate Of Country‟s Population
Though Remained High, Has Started Slowing Down Gradually.
 The Birth Rate Started Decreasing Gradually Due To Increase In The Age Of
Marriage,Education Of Females,Etc.
Q.2 “The Adolescent Population, Though, Regarded As The Youthful Population Having
High Potentials, But At The Same Time They Are Quite Vulnerable If Not Guided And
Channelised Properly.”Explain With Examples.
 ANS: An Important Part Of Population Growth In India Is The Growth Of Its

Adolescents.
 But ,If The Adolescents Are Not Guided Properly,They May Become Challenging For
The Society
 Challenges For The Society As Far As These Adolescents Are Concerned Are As
Follows:
 Lower Age At Marriage, Illiteracy – Particularly Female Illiteracy, School Dropouts,
Low Intake Of Nutrients, High Rate Of Maternal Mortality Of Adolescent Mothers, High
Rate Of Hiv And Aids Infections, Physical And Mental Disability Or Retardedness, Drug
Abuse And Alcoholism, Juvenile Delinquency And Commitence Of Crimes, Etc.
123
 The Government Of India Has Undertaken Certain Policies To Impart Proper Education
To The Adolescent Groups So That Their Talents Are Better Channelised And Properly
Utilised.
Q.3 Give An Account Of The Occupational Structure Of India’s Population.
 ANS: The Occupational Structure Of A Country Refers To The Division Of Its

Workforce Engaged In Different Sectors.
 The Occupational Composition Of India‟s Population Show A Large Proportion Of
Primary Sector Workers Compared To Secondary And Tertiary Sectors.
 About 54.6 Per Cent Of Total Working Population Are Cultivators And Agricultural
Labourers, Whereas Only 3.8% Of Workers Are Engaged In Household Industries And
41.6 % Are Other Workers
 Male Workers Out-Number Female Workers In All The Three Sectors
 The Number Of Female Workers Is Relatively High In Primary Sector,
 But In The Recent Years There Has Been Some Improvement In Work Participation Of
Women In Secondary And Tertiary Sectors.
 The Proportion Of Workers In Agricultural Sector In India Has Shown A Decline Over
The Last Few Decades (58.2% In 2001 To 54.6% In 2011)
 This Indicates A Shift Of Dependence Of Workers From Agricultural To Non
Agricultural Activities, Which Indicates A Change In Economy Of The Country.
QUESTION BANK
Q.Name the state with the highest and lowest population. (Delhi 2017)
Q.The Decadal And Annual Growth Rates Of Population In India Are Both Very High And
Steadily Increasing Overtime. Substantiate The Statement. (CBSE 2018)
Q.„The Decades 1921-1951 Are Referred To As The Period Of Steady Growth Of Population,
Whereas The Decades Of 1951-81 Are Referred To As The Period Of Population Explosion In
India. Explain Giving Reasons. (C.B.S.E. 2014)
Q.Define the term “GROWTH OF POPULATION”.Describe the four phases of population

growth in india with refrence to its demographic history.(DELHI 2014).
Q.Why Do The People Of India Display High Degree Of Diversity In Their Language And
Dialects ?
Or
Q.“India Is A Land Of Linguistic Diversity.” Support The Statement. (OUTSIDE DELHI 2019)
124
Q.An Uneven Distribution Of Population Suggests A Close Relationship Between Socio-
Population And Physical And Economic Factors”. Support The Statement With Suitable
Examples. (C.B.S.E. DELHI 2017)
Q.“The Spatial Distribution Of Population In India Is Highly Uneven.” Discuss With The Help
Of Suitable Examples. (C.B.S.E. 2017 Set-I)
Q.Study the following table and answer the questions that follow. (CBSE 2019).
(i) Which decade has shown the negative trend of growth rate of population?
(ii) Mention any two decades in which the percentage decadal growth has shown the
regular downward trend.
(iii) Explain any two reasons for the declining trend in the population growth rate.
PREPARED BY :
AISHWARYA SINHA
PGT GEOGRAPHY
KV MISSAMARI
PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
125
UNIT-7
CHAPTER-4 HUMAN SETTLEMENTS
Mind Map
Urban Settlements
(on the Basis of Settlements Rural Settlements
Evolution)
Ancient Towns Clustered

Varanasi Prayag
Medival Towns Sem- Clustered

Delhi, Jaipur
Hemleted
Modern Towns
Chandigarh
Dispersed
Administrative Towns :
Delhi
Industrial Towns :
Jamshedpur
Transport Towns:
Kochi Agara
Commercial Towns:
Kolkata
Urabn Settlements
on the basis of Mining Towns: Jharia
Functions
Garrison Towns:
Ambala
Educational Towns:
Varanasi
Religious Towns:
Mathura
Tourist Towns: Ooty
126
Gist of the Chapter
Settlement is a cluster of dwellings of any type or size where human beings live.
 They vary in size from hamlet to metropolitan cities of the world and they may be small
and large, closed or spaced, and they may also vary in terms of economic activities like as
primary/secondary/tertiary activities etc.
 It is cluster of dwellings of any type or size where human beings live
 They vary in size from small hamlet settlements to large metropolitan cities
 These may be small and large, closed or agglomerated or spaced/dispersed
 The people live in these settlement they may evolved in primary / secondary/ tertiary
activities
Difference between Rural and Urban Settlements

Sl. RURAL URBAN
No.
1 Primary occupation Other than primary
2 Provide raw material process Process the raw material
3 Produce food for the living being Provides services
4 Basically Low-income base High income base
5 Low density found Found high density
6 Spaced associations Clustered or agglomerated
Types of Rural Settlement

The rural settlements may be classified into the following categories:
1. Clustered Settlements
 Compact and closely built houses found
 Living area is different from surrounding agricultural farms
 Recognizable pattern illustrates
 Different shapes such as geometric rectangular, radial, linear
 Sometimes defense may cause shape of the settlement
 Availability of water also decides the shape of the settlements
2. Semi-Clustered Settlements
 Formed due to result from tendency of clustered in restricted area of dispersed settlement
127
 Segregation of large settlement may also cause
 Some people may be forced to live separately from the main village toward the other
fringe of the village
 Dominance found in the group live in the center of the village
 People of lower strata live in out skirt of the village
 Most commonly found in Gujarat, Rajasthan and other states
3. Hamleted Settlements
 Physically separated and located in different place having common name
 They are locally called panna, para Palli,Nagla ,Dhani
 They are motivated by social and ethnic factors of the area
 Found mostly in middle and lower Ganga plains
4. Dispersed Settlements
 They are isolated huts are hamlets Located on hills or agricultural lands
 It is due to nature of terrain, and land resource, water
 Found in Meghalaya, Uttaranchal, HP, Kerala.
Urban Settlements
 Compact and large in size
 Non-Agriculture, eco, admin activities
 Exchange of goods and services
 Directly linked with rural settlements
Evolution of Cities
On the basis of the evolution cities may be classified into following categories
Ancient towns
 Having historical background spanning over 2000 years most of them developed as
religious and cultural centers
 Varanasi is one of the important towns among these
 Prayagraj (Allahabad) Patliputra (Patna) Madurai or some other examples
Medieval Towns
 Developed as headquarters of principalities and kingdoms
 These towns were developed on the ruins of ancient towns like forts
 The important towns are Delhi, Hyderabad, Jaipur, Lucknow, Agra and Nagpur
128
Modern Towns
 The British and other Europeans have developed number of towns in India
 Starting their foothold on coastal locations
 They first developed some trading port such a Surat, Daman, Goa Pondicherry etc
 Later they developed principle nodes of Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata
 They established administrative centres, hill towns as summer resorts and made them as
military areas
Functional Classification of Towns
 Administrative towns: All capitals of states with national capital

 Industrial towns: Mumbai. Salem, Coimbatore Modinagar, Jamshedpur
 Transport towns: They may be ports primarily engaged in export and import
activities Kandla, Cochin, vizag or hubs of inland transport, such as Agra, Dhulia,
Mughalsarai, Itarsi, Katni, etc.
 Commercial towns: Satna, Kolkata
 Mining towns: Digboi, Ranigunj, Jharia
 Garrison cantonment towns: Ambala, Mhow. Jalandhar
 Educational towns: Pilani, Aligarh, Varanasi
 Religious cultural towns: Amritsar, Varanasi, Tirupati
 Tourist towns: Shimla, Mussori, Nainital
Question with Answers

MCQs Based Questions
Q 1. Which among the following is not an ancient city?
a. Varanasi
b. Harappa
c. Pataliputra
d. Madurai
Ans. b
129
Q 2. Match the following
1. Mining town A. Coimbatore

2. Industrial town B. Ambala
3. Garrison town C. Digboi
4. Educational town D. Varanasi
a. 1A,2C,3D,4B
b. 1C,2A,3B,4D
c. 1B,2C,3A,4D
d. 1C,2B,3D,4A
Ans. b
Q 3. The clustered rural settlement is

a. Closely built up houses
b. Sparsely built up houses
c. Scattered houses
d. Infinite built up houses
Ans. a
Q 4. Cities having more than 5 million population are known as

a. Metropolitan city
b. Mega city
c. Class I city
d. Million city
Ans. b
Q 5. A town containing military base is known as

a. Defense town
b. Military town
c. Garrison town
d. Fort town
Ans. c
Q 6. Ghaziabad, Rohtak, Gurugram are the examples of-

a. Port towns
b. Garrison towns
c. Satellite towns
d. Transport towns
Ans. c
Q 7. Nainital, Mussoorie, Shimla are
a. Transport town
130
b. Recreational town
c. Tourist town
d. Holiday town
Ans. c
Q 8. Which of these is not a medieval town?
a. Delhi
b. Hyderabad
c. Jaipur
d. Madurai
Ans. d
Q 9. Nagaland is a state in India having nucleated settlement. Identify the reason behind the
same
a. Tribal tradition
b. Security reason
c. Scarcity of water
d. Caste
Ans. b
Q 10. In which one of the following environments does NOT one expect the presence of
dispersed rural settlements-?
a. Alluvial plain of Ganga
b. Forest area of India
c. Desert area of Rajasthan
d. Hilly area of North –East
Ans. a
Q 11. How many metropolitan cities are there in India?

a. 468
b. 53
c. 60
d. 4
Ans. b
Q 12. Consider the following statements and choose the correct answer:
I. Rural and urban settlements differ in terms of social relationship, attitude and outlook.
II. Rural people are less mobile and social relations among them are intimate whereas way
of life is complex and, social relations are formal in urban areas.
a. Only I is correct.
b. Only II is correct
c. Both the statements are incorrect
d. Both statements are correct and statement II correctly explains the statement
Ans. d
131
Q 13. Assertion (A):There are number of towns in India having historical background spanning
over 2000 years
Reason(R):These towns have been developed by Britishers and Europeans.
a. Only Assertion is correct.
b. Only Reason is correct.
c. Both Assertion and Reason is correct and Reason is correct explanation of Assertion.
d. Both Assertion and Reason correct but Reason is not the correct explanation of Assertion.
Ans. a
Q 14. Consider the following statements and choose the correct answer:
I. The clustered rural settlements are fragmented into several units physically separated from
each other bearing a common name.
II. These units are locally called panna, para, palli, nagla, dhani, etc. in various parts of the
country.
a. Only I is correct.
b. Only II is correct
c. Both the statements are incorrect
d. Both statements are correct and statement II correctly explains the statement
Ans. c
Q 15. The number of towns in India is:

a. 4161
b. 5161
c. 6161
d. 7161
Ans. b
Q 16. Which one of the following is NOT part of the definition of a town as per the census of
India?
a. Population density of 400 persons per sq km.
b. Presence of municipality, corporation, etc.
c. More than 75% of the population engaged in the primary sector
d. Population size of more than 5,000 persons
Ans. c
Q 17. Urbanization is expressed in terms of

a. Absolute number
b. Ratio
c. percentage
d. none of above
Ans. c
132
Q 18. The type of settlements found in the lower valleys of the Himalayas are
a. Semi-clustered
b. Hamleted
c. Dispersed
d. Clustered
Ans. b
Q 19. Which one of the following towns is NOT located on a river bank?
a. Agra
b. Patna
c. Bhopal
d. Kolkata
Ans. c
Q 20. In which one of the following environments does one expect the presence of dispersed
rural settlements?
a. Alluvial plains of Ganga
b. Arid and semi-arid regions of Rajasthan
c. Lower valleys of Himalayas
d. Forests and hills in north-east
Ans. d
Case Based Questions
Q 21. Settlements vary in size and type. They range from a hamlet to metropolitan cities. With
size, the economic character and social structure of settlements changes and so do its ecology
and technology. Settlements could be small and sparsely spaced; they may also be large and
closely spaced. The sparsely located small settlements are called villages, specializing in
agriculture or other primary activities. On the other hand, there are fewer but larger settlements
which are termed as urban settlements specializing in secondary and tertiary activities. The basic
differences between rural and urban settlements are as follows:
• The rural settlements derive their life support or basic economic needs from land based primary
economic activities, whereas, urban settlements, depend on processing of raw materials and
manufacturing of finished goods on the one hand and a variety of services on the other.
• Cities act as nodes of economic growth, provide goods and services not only to urban dwellers
but also to the people of the rural settlements in their hinterlands in return for food and raw
materials. This functional relationship between the urban and rural settlements takes place
through transport and communication network.
• Rural and urban settlements differ in terms of social relationship, attitude and outlook. Rural
people are less mobile and therefore, social relations among them are intimate. In urban areas, on
the other hand, way of life is complex and fast, and social relations are formal
I. Rural and urban settlements differ in terms of:
133
a. economic activities
b. differ in terms of social relationships
c. attitude and outlook
d. all of these
Ans. D
II. The sparsely located small settlements are called ………….., specializing in agriculture or
other primary activities.
a. towns
b. cities
c. villages
d. None of these.
Ans. C
III. Rural people are …………… relationship among them are ………..
a. less mobile, intimate
b. more mobile, less intimate
c. less active, intimate
d. more active, less intimate
Ans. A
IV. Which of these statements is not true?
a. Villages are rural settlements that specialize in primary activities such as forestry, farming,
fishing, diary, etc.
b. Rural settlements are centers of manufacturing finished goods
c. Cities provide goods and services to both urban dwellers and rural population living
nearby
d. Urban settlements are based on tertiary activities.
Ans. B
Source Based Questions
Q 22. Census of India classifies urban centres into six classes. Urban centre with population of
more than one lakh is called a city or class I town. Cities accommodating population size
between one to five million are called metropolitan cities and more than five million are mega
cities. Majority of metropolitan and mega cities are urban agglomerations. An urban
agglomeration may consist of any one of the following three combinations: (i) a town and its
adjoining urban outgrowths, (ii) two or more contiguous towns with or without their outgrowths,
and (iii) a city and one or more adjoining towns with their outgrowths together forming a
contiguous spread. It is evident from Table 4.2 that more than 60 per cent of urban population in
India lives in Class I towns. Out of 468 cities, 53 cities/ urban agglomerations are metropolitan
cities. Six of them are mega cities with population over five million each. More than one-fifth
(21.0%) of urban population live in these mega cities. Among them, Greater Mumbai is the
134
largest agglomeration with 18.4 million people. Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai, Bengaluru and
Hyderabad are other mega cities in the country.
Q.1 The census of India classifies the urban center in to how many classes?
Ans. Six classes
Q.2 What do you mean by urban agglomeration?
Ans. An urban agglomeration may consist of (i) a town and its adjoining urban outgrowths, (ii)
two or more contiguous towns with or without their outgrowths, and (iii) a city and one or more
adjoining towns with their outgrowths together forming a contiguous spread.
Q.3 Name the urban agglomeration which is largest agglomeration of India?
Ans. Greater Mumbai
Q 23. Ancient Towns: There are number of towns in India having historical background spanning
over 2000 years. Most of them developed as religious and cultural centres. Varanasi is one of the
important towns among these. Prayag (Allahabad), Pataliputra (Patna), Madurai are some other
examples of ancient towns in the country.
Medieval Towns: About 100 of the existing towns have their roots in the medieval period. Most
of them developed as headquarters of principalities and kingdoms. These are fort towns which
came up on the ruins of ancient towns. Important among them are Delhi, Hyderabad, Jaipur,
Lucknow, Agra and Nagpur.
Modern Towns: The British and other Europeans have developed a number of towns in India.
Starting their foothold on coastal locations, they first developed some trading ports such as Surat,
Daman, Goa, Pondicherry, etc. The British later consolidated their hold around three principal
nodes – Mumbai (Bombay), Chennai (Madras), and Kolkata (Calcutta) – and built them in the
British style.
Q.1 What do you mean by ancient town?
Ans. The towns have a historical background spanning over 2000 years. Most of them developed
as religious and cultural centers.
Q.2 Hyderabad is the example of which types of towns?
Ans. Medieval Towns
Q.3 Who has set up the modern towns in India?
Ans. The British and other Europeans have developed the modern towns in India.
135
Very Short Answer Question (3 Marks)
Q 24. Distinguish between rural and urban settlements?

Ans. Rural Settlement:
 Primary activities are main occupation in these settlements and 75% population is
engaged in primary occupation
 Population size is low in these settlements
 Rural people are less dynamic and social relations are intimate.
Urban Settlement
 Non agriculture work is the main occupation in these settlements and 75%
 Population is engaged in these activities.
 Population size is large in these settlements
 Urban people are dynamic and their social relations are formal and complex.
Q 25. Write three differences between clustered and dispersed settlements of India.
Ans. Clustered
 These settlements are found in fertile plains
 Streets are not well drained
 Houses are close to each other and their size is small.
Dispersed
 These settlements are found in hilly regions or desert areas
 Settlements are neat and clean with drainage arrangements
 Houses are big and are located at gaps
Q 26. Write the factors which affect the types of settlements in India?
Ans. (i) Physical feature-
A- Nature of land-Relief
B- Altitude
C- Climate and water supply.
(ii) Cultural and human factors-
A- Caste
B- Religion.
(iii)Security factors
A- Political disturbances
B- War.
Q 27. Name those towns which have become mega cities?

Ans. The following towns have become Mega Cities : Greater Mumbai, Kolkata, Delhi, Chennai,
Bangalore and Hyderabad.
Q 28. What are garrison towns? What is their function?
136
Ans. Garrison towns are those towns which are established for security functions during the
British rule. Their main function is related to defense. For example, Ambala, Jalandhar, Babina,
etc.
Q 29. Define human settlements.

Ans. Human settlement means clusters of dwelling of any type or size where human beings live.
It refers to an organised colony of human beings together with buildings in which they live or
use and the paths and streets over which they travel.
Q 30. Name the towns that have developed in India after independence?
Ans. Modern towns have developed in India after independence. The British and other
Europeans have developed a number of towns in India. They first developed some trading ports
such as Surat, Daman, Goa.
Q 31. What factors are responsible for different types of human settlements?
Ans. There are various factors and conditions responsible for having different types of rural
settlements in India. These include:
 Physical features – nature of terrain, altitude, climate and availability of water
 Cultural and ethnic factors – social structure, caste and religion
 Security factors – defence against thefts and robberies
Long Answer Question (5 marks)

Q 32. Discuss the features of different types of rural settlements with examples.
Ans. The Different types of rural settlements are:
1. Clustered Settlements-It is a compact or closely built up area of houses. Such
Settlements are generally found in fertile alluvial plains and in the north-eastern states. ex-
Gangetic plains of U.P.
2. Semi-Clustered Settlements-In such settlements, the land-owning and dominant
community occupies the central part of the main village,whereas people of lower strata of society
and manual workers settle on the outer flanks of the village. ex-Gujarat andRajasthan plains.
3. Hamleted Settlements-When Settlement is fragmented into several units bearing a common
name. These units are locally called' Panna, Para, Palli, Nagla, Dhani etc.ex-Chhattisgarh and
lower valleys of the Himalayas.
4. Dispersed Settlements-Such settlements appear in the form of isolated huts or hamletsof few
huts in remote jungles or on small hills with farms or pasture on the slopes.ex-
Meghalaya,Uttarakhand,Himachal Pradesh.
Q 33. Describe functional classification of town.

Ans. Functional Classification of Towns
137
On the basis of dominant or specialised functions, Indian cities and towns can be broadly
classified as follows:
 Administrative towns and cities-Towns supporting administrative headquarters of higher
order are administrative towns, such as Chandigarh, New Delhi, Bhopal, Shillong,
Guwahati, Imphal, Srinagar, Gandhinagar,Jaipur Chennai, etc.
 Industrial towns- Industries constitute prime motive force of these cities such as
Mumbai,Salem, Coimbatore,Modinagar, Jamshedpur, Hugli, Bhilai, etc.
 Transport Cities-They may be ports primarily engaged in export and import activities
such as Kandla, Kochi,Kozhikode, Vishakhapatnam, etc. or hubs of transport such as
Agra, Dhulia, Mughal Sarai, Itarsi, Katni,etc.
 Commercial towns-Towns and cities specialising in trade and commerce are kept in this
class. Kolkata, Saharanpur, Satna, etc. are some examples.
 Mining towns- These towns have developed in mineral rich areas such as Raniganj,
Jharia, Digboi, Ankaleshwar, Singrauli, etc.
 Garrisson Cantonment towns- These towns emerged as garrisson towns such as Ambala,
Jalandhar, Mhow, Babina, Udhampur, etc.
 Educational towns- Starting as centres of education, some of the towns have grown into
major campus towns such as Roorki, Varanasi, Aligarh, Pilani, Allahabad etc.
 Religious and cultural towns- Varanasi, Mathura, Amritsar, Madurai, Puri, Ajmer,
Pushkar,Tirupati, Kurukshetra,Haridwar, Ujjain came to prominence due to their
religious/cultural Significance.
Q 34. Discuss the classification of Indian towns on the basis of their evolution in different
periods. Also give their features.
Ans. The classification of Indian towns on the basis of their evolution in different periods are as
follows :
a. Ancient Towns:
i. The number of towns in India have a historical background spanning over 2000 years. Most of
them have developed as religious or cultural centres.
ii. One of the important towns among the ancient towns is Varanasi.
iii. Examples of ancient towns: Prayag (Allahabad) Pataliputra (Patna), Madurai.
b. Medieval Towns:
i. In the medieval period there are about 100 existing towns.
ii. Most of them are headquarters of kingdoms and principalities. These are fort towns which
came up on the ruins of ancient towns.
c. Modern Towns:
i. In India, European and British and European developed Modern Towns.
ii. Starting their foothold on coastal locations they first developed some trading ports such as
Surat, Daman and Diu, Goa, Pondicherry, etc.
iii. Then the British consolidated their hold around three principal modern towns Mumbai
(Bombay), Chennai (Madras) and Kolkata (Calcutta) and built them in British style.
138
iv. Rapidly extending their domination either directly or through control over the princely states
they established their administrative centres, hill towns as summer resorts and added
administrative, new civil and military areas to them.
v. Towns based on modern industries also evolved after 1850. Example: Jamshedpur.
Q 35. Differentiate between Hamletled and Dispersed Survival Settlements of India?
Ans. Hamletled settlements: When a village is fragmented on social and ethnic factors, its units
are separated from each other. They bear a common name. These units are called pauna, Para,
Palli, nagla and dhani. Such villages are more frequently found in the middle and lower Ganga
plains.
Dispersed settlements: Isolated settlements are called dispersed settlements. These are found in
forests, on hill slopes and fragmente fields. These include hamlets of few huts. Dispersion of
settlements is caused by extremely fragmented nature of the terrain. Many areas of Meghalaya,
Uttaranchal, Himachal Pradesh and Kerala have this type of settlement.
Question Bank
Very Short Answer Question (3 Marks)
Q 36. Name two most ancient town in India. (C.B.S.E. 2014)
Q 37. Give any two examples of mining towns in India, (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Q 38. Name any two towns of India, initially developed as mining towns. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Q 39. Name any one area of hamleted settlement in India. (C.B.S.E. 2019)
Q 40. How does an agglomeration develop?
Q 41. What are salient characteristics of Indian cities?
Long Answer Question (5 marks)

Q 42. Discuss the factors that determine the type of rural settlements. (C.B.S.E. 2011)
Q 43. Discuss the factors that determine the type of rural settlements. (C.B.S.E. 2011)
Q 44. Differentiate between Hamletled and Dispersed Survival Settlements of India? (C.B.S.E.
2016)
Q 45. Classify Indian Towns on the basis of their evolution in three different periods. Name one
town of each period. (C.B.S.E. 2009)
Q 46. What is the basic difference between rural and urban settlements? (C.B.S.E. 2017)
139
Q 47. ‘Towns act as nodes of economic growth.’ Discuss.
Q 48. Examine the level of urbanisation in India after Independence. (Delhi 2019)
Q 49. What is the basic difference between rural and urban settlements? (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2017)
Q 50. Differentiate between Hamletled and Dispersed Survival Settlements of India. (C.B.S.E.
2016)
Prepared by:
Sh. Brijendra Nath Singh (PGT Geography)
Kendriya Vidyalaya New Bongaigaon
New Bongaigaon, Assam-783381
PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
140
Unit-8 Book-2_India People Economy
Ch-5: Land Resources & Agriculture
Mind Map
1. Forest 2. Barren& Wasteland
3. Land put to non-agricultural uses
4. Barren and Wastelands. Three types of changes:
5. Area under permanent pastures and 1. The size of the economy
grazing lands. 2. The composition of an economy
6. Area under miscellaneous tree crops (proportion of different sectors).
and groves. 3. Increasing pressure on
7. Culturable wastelands agricultural lands
8. Current fallow
9. Net sown area
1. Dependence on Erratic Monsoon

On the basis of ownership
Land-use Categories
2. Low Productivity
land can be classified into
3. Constraints of Financial Resources
two categories:
and Indebtedness
1. Private Land
4. Lack of Land Reforms
2. Common Property
5. Small Farm Size and Fragmentation
Resources(CPR)
of Landholdings
6. Lack of Commercialisation
7. Vast Under-employment
8. Degradation of Cultivable Land
LAND RESOURCES
AND Cropping seasons:
1. Kharif (June-September)
AGRICULTURE
2. Rabi (October-March)
3. Zaid (April-June)
Types of farming:
1. Irrigated Farming
2. Rainfed Farming (Barani):
(i) dryland farming
(ii)wetland farming
Agricultural Development in India:

(i) switching over from cash crops to
food crops;
(ii) intensification of cropping over
already cultivated land; and
(iii) increasing cultivated area by
bringing cultivable and fallow land
under plough.
Green Revolution
National Mission for Sustainable
Agriculture (NMSA)
Farmer’s Portal of India
141
GIST OF THE CHAPTER
 General land use
 Agricultural land use
 Distribution of major crops: Wheat, Rice, Tea, Coffee, Cotton, Jute, Sugarcane,
 Agricultural Development and Problems
Land use Categories

Land revenue department is responsible for categorising land and maintaining its records. These
records contains reporting area.
Under the land revenue records land use categories are as follows:
 Forest
 Land put to non-agricultural uses.
 Barren and Wastelands.
 Area under permanent pastures and grazing lands.
 Area under miscellaneous tree crops and groves.
 Culturable wastelands
 Current fallow
 Net sown area
Land use Changes in India
Unlike other natural resources, land is fixed, it does not change by size or area. Economic activities are
the major causes that affect land use. The three main economic changes that changes the land use are:
 The size of the economy.

 The composition of an economy (proportion of different sectors).
 Increasing pressure on agricultural lands.
During the period of 1960-61 to 2008-09 some land use changes are worth mentioning which show an
increase and decrease in these categories:
Area Records Increase in Land use
 Area under forest.

 Current fallow lands.
 Area under non-agricultural use.
 Net sown area.
Area Records Decrease in Land use
 Barren and wasteland.

 Culturable wasteland
 Area under permanent pastures and tree crops.
 Fallow other than current fallow.
On the basis of ownership land can be classified into two categories:
 Private land Owned by individual or group of individuals.
 Common Property Resources (CPRs) Available for all and can be used by any person. It
provides fodder for the livestock and fuel for the households. In rural areas, such land is of
particular relevance for livelihood of the landless and marginal farmers.
142
Agricultural Land Use in India
 Most of the Indians are dependent on agriculture, directly or indirectly for their subsistence.
 Agriculture is mainly Land-based activity unlike secondary and tertiary sectors. The role of
quality of land is important in agriculture. The more the land is fertile the more it gives
output/production.
 Ownership of land resource is considered as a social status in rural areas. It is also seen as
security for credit, natural hazards or life contingencies.
 Availability of total resources for agricultural uses is calculated by adding up net sown area, all
fallow lands and culturable wastelands.
Cropping Intensity (Cl)‟is calculated as follows:
Cropping Intensity in percentage
(CI) = X 100
Cropping seasons in India
Major Crops Cultivated

Cropping Season
Northern States Southern States
Kharif Rice, Cotton, Bajra, Maize, Rice, Maize, Ragi, Jowar,
June-September Jowar, Tur Groundnut
Rabi Wheat, Gram, Rapeseeds and Rice, Maize, Ragi,
October=March Mustard, Barley Groundnut, Jowar
Zaid
Vegetables, Fruits, Fodder Rice, Vegetables, Fodder
April-June
Types of Farming
In India farming is classified on the basis of moisture available for crops:
Irrigated Farming:
 The main source of moisture for this farming is irrigation by various methods i.e. wells, tube
wells, etc.
 Two types are protective and productive farming.
 The objective of protective irrigations to protect the crops from adverse effects of soil moisture
deficiency which often means that irrigation acts as a supplementary source of water over and
above the rainfall.
 Productive irrigation is meant to provide sufficient soil moisture in the cropping season to
achieve high productivity.
Rainfed Farming (Barani):
The main source of moisture for this farming is rainfall. On the basis of adequacy of soil moisture
during cropping season Rainfed farming is further classified are dryland farming and wetland
farming.
Dryland farming:
 Dryland farming is largely confined to the regions having rainfall less than 75 cm.
 These regions grows hardy and drought resistant crops such as ragi, bajra, moong, gram and
gaur.
143
 On the other hand in wetland farming the rainfall is in excess of soil moisture requirement of
plants during rainy season. Such regions may face flood and soil erosion hazards. These areas
grow various water intensive crops such as rice, jute and sugarcane.
Major Crops:
Food grains
Foodgrains are important for agriculture economy which constitute about two-third of total cropped
area in the country. The foodgrains are classified on the basis of structure of grains:
Cereals
India ranks 3rd in the production of cereals after China and USA. India produces 11% of the world and
covers about 54% of the total cropped area in India. These cereals are:
Rice:
 It is the most important food crop of India which feeds more than half of our population.
 it is considered to be a crop of tropical humid areas, it has about 3,000 varieties which are
grown in different agro-climatic regions.
 India contributes 21.6 per cent of rice production in the world and ranked second after China in
2020.
 Rice cultivation in the irrigated areas of Punjab and Haryana was introduced in 1970s
following the Green Revolution. Genetically improved varieties of seed, relatively high usage
of fertilizers and pesticides and lower levels of susceptibility of the crop to pests due to dry
climatic conditions are responsible for higher yield of rice in this region.
 States like West Bengal, Punjab and Uttar Pradesh were major rice producing states in India. In
North-Western and in Himalyas regions, it is grown as a Kharif crop, whereas in West Bengal,
farmers grow three crops of rice called „Aus‟, „Aman‟ and „Boro‟.
Wheat:
 Wheat is the second most important cereal crop in India after rice. It is primarily a crop of
temperate zone. Hence, its cultivation in India is done during winter i.e. rabi season.
 India share 12% of total wheat production of the world. It is cultivated on about 14% of the
total cropped area.
 About 85% of this area comes under the Indo-Gangetic Plain, Malwa Plateau and Himalayas in
North and central parts of the country.
 The yield level of wheat is very high (above 4,000 k.g. per ha) in Punjab and Haryana whereas,
Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan and Bihar have moderate yields.
 The major wheat producing states of India are Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan, and
Madhya Pradesh, Bihar and Jammu and Kashmir.
Fibre Crops
Fibre crops are one which provides fibre for preparing cloth. These includes:
Cotton:
 India grows both short staple (Indian) cotton as well as long staple (American) cotton called
‘narma’ in north-western parts of the country..
 India produces about 8.3% of the world‟s cotton. This makes India the fourth largest producer
of cotton after China, USA and Pakistan.
144
 Largest producers of cotton in India are Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Punjab and
Haryana.
Jute:
 Jute is used for making coarse cloth, bags, sacks and decorative items.
 India accounts for about 60% of the world‟s jute production.
 India lost large jute growing areas to East Pakistan (Bangladesh) during partition.
 West Bengal (75%) is the largest producer of jute in the country. Other producers are Bihar
and Assam.
Other Crops
Sugarcane:
 It is an important cash crop in India. Sugarcane is a crop of tropical areas. Under rainfed
conditions, it is cultivated in sub-humid and humid climates. But it is largely an irrigated crop
in India.
 India‟s sugarcane production is about 23% of the world‟s total production, which makes India
the 2nd largest producer after Brazil.
 Major producers are Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Gujarat. Uttar Pradesh accounts 40
percent of sugarcane production and secures a position of the largest producer of India.
 Maharashtra, Karnataka, TamilNadu, and Andhra Pradesh are other leading producers of this
crop where yield level of sugarcane is high. Its yield is low in northern India.
Tea:
 Tea leaves have rich content of caffeine and tannin. It is an indigenous crop of hills in northern
China.
 It is grown over undulating topography of hilly areas and welldrained soils in humid and sub-
humid tropics and sub-tropics.
 In India, tea plantation started in 1840s in Brahmaputra valley of Assam which still is a major
tea growing area in the country.
 Assam (53.2%) is the largest producer of tea in India. West Bengal and Tamil Nadu are the
other leading producers of tea.
Coffee:
 Coffee is a tropical plantation crop. Its seeds are roasted, ground and are used for preparing a
beverage.
 There are three varieties of coffee i.e. arabica, robusta and liberica.
 India mostly grows superior quality coffee, arabica, which is in great demand in International
market. But India produces only about 3.7 per cent coffee of the world.
 India is the 7th largest producer of coffee in the world which accounts about 3.2% share.
Karnataka is the largest producer of coffee that produces more than 66% of India‟s total coffee.
Agricultural Development in India

 Indian agricultural economy was largely subsistence in nature before Independence.
 After Independence, the immediate goal of the Government was to increase food grains
production by (i) switching over from cash crops to food crops; (ii) intensification of
cropping over already cultivated land; and (iii) increasing cultivated area by bringing
cultivable and fallow land under plough.
145
 Initially, this strategy helped in increasing food grains production. But two consecutive
droughts during mid-1960s resulted in food crisis in the country. Consequently, food grains
were imported from other countries.
 New seed varieties of wheat (Mexico) and rice (Philippines) known as high yielding
varieties (HYVs) were available for cultivation by mid-1960s.
 India took advantage of this and introduced package technology comprising HYVs, along with
chemical fertilisers in irrigated areas of Punjab, Haryana, Western Uttar Pradesh, Andhra
Pradesh and Gujarat.
 This strategy of agricultural development paid dividends instantly and increased the food grains
production at very fast rate. This spurt of agricultural growth came to be known as ‘Green
Revolution’.
 This strategy of agricultural development made the country self-reliant in food grain
production. Initiation of the policy of liberalisation and free market economy in 1990s
influenced the course of development of Indian agriculture.
National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture (NMSA):
 National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture is to make agriculture more productive,

sustainable, remunerative and climate resilient by promoting location specific
integrated/composite farming systems and to conserve natural resources through appropriate
soil and moisture conservation measures.
 The Government has been promoting organic farming in the country through the scheme such
as Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY) and Rashtriya Vikas Yojana (RKVY).
Farmer’s Portal of India:
 The Farmer‟s Portal is a platform for farmers to seek any information related to agriculture.
Detailed information on farmers‟ insurance, agriculture storage, crops, extension activities,
seeds, pesticides, farm machineries, etc. is provided.
 Details of fertilizers, market prices, package and practices, programmes, welfare schemes are
also given.
 Block level details related to soil fertility, storage, insurance, training, etc. are available in an
interactive map. Users can also download farm friendly handbook, scheme guidelines, etc.
Problems of Indian Agriculture: These problems are:
 Dependence on Erratic Monsoon: Irrigation covers only about 33 per cent of the cultivated
area in India. The crop production in rest of the cultivated land directly depends on rain. Poor
performance of south-west monsoon also adversely affects the supply of canal water for
irrigation. Droughts and floods continue to be the twin menace in Indian agriculture.
 Low Productivity: India also lag behind in terms of per hectare production and per person
production and also behind at International level. This low productivity is a result of high
population which creates a heavy pressure on available land resources.
 Constraints of Financial Resources and Indebtedness: Lack of money and financial

resources are the major constraints to the development of agriculture in India. As majority of
farmers are small, marginal and poor, they cannot afford highly expensive inputs to increase
their production.
146
 Lack of Land Reforms: Lack of land reforms and unequal distribution of land resources led to
the worst condition of poor and marginal farmers and also become constraint in the
development of agriculture in India. Crop failures and low returns from agriculture have forced
them to fall in the trap of indebtedness.
 Small Farm Size and Fragmentation of Landholdings: There are a large number of marginal
and small farmers in the country. The average size of land holding is shrinking under
increasing population pressure. Furthermore, in India, the land holdings are mostly fragmented.
The small size fragmented landholdings are uneconomic.
 Lack of Commercialisation: A large number of farmers produce crops for self-consumption.

These farmers do not have enough land resources to produce more than their requirement.
 Vast Under-employment: There is a seasonal unemployment ranging from 4 to 8 months.

Even in the cropping season, work is not available throughout as agricultural operations are not
labour intensive. Hence, the people engaged in agriculture do not have the opportunity to work
round the year.
 Degradation of Cultivable Land: One of the serious problems that arises out of faulty
strategy of irrigation and agricultural development is degradation of land resources. A large
tract of agricultural land has lost its fertility due to alkalisation and salinization of soils and
waterlogging.
Questions with Answers

MCQ, VSA, ASSERTION & REASON & PASSAGE/CASE BASED QUESTIONS
Q.1. Which one of the following is NOT a land-use category?

(a) Fallow land
(b) Marginal land
(c) Net Area Sown
(d) Culturable Wasteland
Ans.(b) Marginal land
Q.2. Robusta, Arabica and Liberica are varieties of :

(a) Jute
(b) Rubber
(c) Coffee
(d) Tea
Ans. (c) Coffee
Q.3. Which of the following states is the largest Wheat and Rice producing state?
(a) Punjab & Haryana
(b) Haryana & Punjab
(c) Uttar Pradesh & West Bengal
(d) Rajasthan & Andhra Pradesh
Ans.(c) Uttar Pradesh & West Bengal
147
Q.4. In which of the following group of countries of the world, HYV of Wheat and Rice were
Developed?
(a) Japan and Australia
(b) Mexico and Philippines
(c) USA and Japan
(d) Mexico and Singapore
Ans. (b) Mexico and Philippines
Q.5. What is the meaning of „Common Property Resources‟ (CRP)?

Ans. Common Property Resources are not owned by any person or group. They are available for all
and can be used by any person. These CPRs provide fodder to the livestock and fuel woods for
household uses to villagers.
Q.6. How is the cropping intensity calculated in India?
Ans. Cropping intensity is calculated in percentage by using the following formula:
Cropping Intensity (Cl) = Gross Cropped Area(GCA)/Net Sown Area(NSA) × 100
Q.7. Consider the following statements and chose the correct option from the given options:
Assertion: The contribution of the agricultural activities reduces over time.
Reason: the pressure on land for agricultural activities does not decline.
Options:
(a) Only assertion I is correct
(b) Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is the correct explanation for assertion
(c) Both assertion and reason are correct, but reason is not the correct explanation for assertion
(d) Both assertion and reason are incorrect
Ans. (c) Both assertion and reason are correct, but reason is not the correct explanation for
assertion
Q.8. Consider the following statements and chose the correct option from the given options:
Assertion: Per hectare output of most of the crops such as rice, wheat, cotton and oilseeds in India is
much lower than that of the U.S.A., Russia and Japan.
Reason: Because of the very high pressure on the land resources, the labour productivity in Indian
agriculture is also very low in comparison to international level.
Options:
(a) Only assertion I is correct
(b) Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is the correct explanation for assertion
(c) Both assertion and reason are correct, but reason is not the correct explanation for assertion
(d) Both assertion and reason are incorrect
Ans. (b) Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is the correct explanation for assertion
Q.9. Read the given passage carefully and answer the questions that follow:
Land, according to its ownership can broadly be classified under two broad heads – private land and
common property resources (CPRs). While the former is owned by an individual or a group of
individuals, the latter is owned by the state meant for the use of the community. CPRs provide fodder
148
for the livestock and fuel for the households along with other minor forest products like fruits, nuts,
fibre, medicinal plants, etc. In rural areas, such land is of particular relevance for the livelihood of the
landless and marginal farmers and other weaker sections since many of them depend on income from
their livestock due to the fact that they have limited access to land. CPRs also are important for women
as most of the fodder and fuel collection is done by them in rural areas. They have to devote long
hours in collecting fuel and fodder from a degraded area of CPR.
CPRs can be defined as community‟s natural resource, where every member has the right of access
and usage with specified obligations, without anybody having property rights over them. Community
forests, pasture lands, village water bodies and other public spaces where a group larger than a
household or family unit exercises rights of use and carries responsibility of management are examples
of CPRs.
1) What is Common Property Resources(CPR)?
2) How is importance of CPR for rural areas?
3) How Common Property Resources(CPR) plays crucial role for landless, marginal people and
women‟s also?
Ans.1. CPRs can be defined as community‟s natural resource, where every member has the right of
access and usage with specified obligations, without anybody having property rights over them.
Ans.2. CPRs provide fodder for the livestock and fuel for the households along with other minor forest
products like fruits, nuts, fibre, medicinal plants, etc. In rural areas.
Ans.3. CPR is particular relevance for the livelihood of the landless and marginal farmers and other
weaker sections since many of them depend on income from their livestock due to the fact that they
have limited access to land and CPRs also are important for women as most of the fodder and fuel
collection is done by them in rural areas.
SHORT & LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS

Q.1. How is a land resource more crucial to the livelihood of the people depending on agriculture in
India? Explain.
ANSWER: Most of the Indians are dependent on agriculture directly or indirectly for their subsistence.
Thus, the land resource becomes more important. Importance of land resource in agriculture can be
understood by the following points:
 Agriculture is a purely land based activity unlike secondary and tertiary activities. Thus, lack of
access to land is directly correlated with incidence of poverty in rural areas.
 In rural areas, aside from its value as a productive factor, land ownership has a social value and
serves as a security for credit, natural hazards or life contingencies, and also adds to the social
status.
 In rural areas, particular relevance for the livelihood of the landless and marginal farmers and
other weaker sections since many of them depend on income from their livestock due to the
fact that they have limited access to land, for them land resource play a crucial role for their
livelihood.
Q.2. “Land use in a region to a large extent is influenced by the nature of economic activities carried
out in that region”. Support the statement by giving three examples from India.
149
ANSWER: The three types of changes that have affected land use in India are:
 The size of the economy.

 The composition of an economy (proportion of different sectors).
 Increasing pressure on agricultural land.
Q.3. How is the degradation of cultivable land one of the serious problem in India? Explain in any
three points.
ANSWER: The degradation of cultivable land is one of the serious problems in India as:
 Intensive use of chemical fertilizers and irrigation have resulted in the degradation of cultivable
land. It has reduced the fertility of the soil in India.
 Unregulated and over irrigation has created problems of alkalisation and salinization and
waterlogging in irrigated cultivated areas of India. About 8 million hectare land has lost its
fertility due to salinization and alkalisation and about 7 million hectare land have lost its
fertility because of water logging in India.
 The natural fertilisation processes of soil like nitrogen fixation by the cultivation of
leguminous crops are not adopted because these crops are displaced with commercial crops
such as sugarcane.
Q.4. Explain the three types of changes that have affected land use in India.
ANSWER: The three types of changes that have affected land use in India are:
 The size of the economy grows over time as a result the pressure on land will increase with
time and marginal lands would come under use.
 The composition of an economy (proportion of different sectors) would undergo a change over
time the secondary and the tertiary sectors usually grow much faster than the primary sector,
specifically the agricultural sector. Such changes are sharp around large urban areas. The
agricultural land is being used for building purposes.
 Increasing pressure on agricultural land. the contribution of the agricultural activities reduces
over time, but the pressure on land for agricultural activities does not decline.
Q.5. Describe major problems of Indian agriculture.
ANSWER: Major problems of Indian agriculture are as follows:

1. Dependence on Erratic Monsoon: Irrigation covers only about 33 per cent of the cultivated
area in India. The crop production in rest of the cultivated land directly depends on rain. Poor
performance of south-west monsoon also adversely affects the supply of canal water for
irrigation. Droughts and floods continue to be the twin menace in Indian agriculture.
2. Low Productivity: India also lag behind in terms of per hectare production and per person
production and also behind at International level. This low productivity is a result of high
population which creates a heavy pressure on available land resources.
3. Constraints of Financial Resources and Indebtedness: Lack of money and financial

resources are the major constraints to the development of agriculture in India. As majority of
150
farmers are small, marginal and poor, they cannot afford highly expensive inputs to increase
their production.
4. Lack of Land Reforms: Lack of land reforms and unequal distribution of land resources led to
the worst condition of poor and marginal farmers and also become constraint in the
development of agriculture in India. Crop failures and low returns from agriculture have forced
them to fall in the trap of indebtedness.
5. Small Farm Size and Fragmentation of Landholdings: There are a large number of marginal
and small farmers in the country. The average size of land holding is shrinking under
increasing population pressure. Furthermore, in India, the land holdings are mostly fragmented.
The small size fragmented landholdings are uneconomic.
6. Lack of Commercialisation: A large number of farmers produce crops for self-consumption.

These farmers do not have enough land resources to produce more than their requirement.
7. Vast Under-employment: There is a seasonal unemployment ranging from 4 to 8 months.

Even in the cropping season, work is not available throughout as agricultural operations are not
labour intensive. Hence, the people engaged in agriculture do not have the opportunity to work
round the year.
8. Degradation of Cultivable Land: One of the serious problems that arises out of faulty
strategy of irrigation and agricultural development is degradation of land resources. A large
tract of agricultural land has lost its fertility due to alkalisation and salinization of soils and
waterlogging.
QUESTION BANK
IMPORTANT QUESTIONS BASED ON PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTION PAPER
VSA (1 MARKS QUESTIONS)
Q.1. What is the meaning of „Common Property Resources‟ (CRP)? (Delhi 2011)
Q.2. How is the cropping intensity calculated in India? (Delhi 2009)
Q.3. How is productive irrigation able to achieve high productivity in India? (All Indio 2009)
Q.4. What is the contribution of India in the production of rice in the world? (Delhi 2011)
Q.5. What is the contribution of India in the production of rice in the world? (Delhi 2011)
SHORT & LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (3 & 5 MARKS)

Q.1. Why is irrigation necessary in India? Explain any three reasons. (Delhi 2008)
OR
Explain the importance of irrigation for agriculture in India. (Delhi 2016)
Q.2. Why is the demand for water to irrigation increasing day by day in India? Explain any
three reasons. (All Indio 2000)
Q.3. “Land resources are more crucial to the livelihood of the people depending on
agriculture.” Support this statement with any three suitable arguments. (Delhi 2015, 2012,
2010)
OR
How is a land resource more crucial to the livelihood of the people depending on agriculture in
151
India? Explain.
(All India 2010)
Q.4. Differentiate between protective irrigation and productive irrigation. (Delhi 2015)
Q.5. State any two characteristics each of the three distinct cropping seasons of India. (Delhi
2014)
Q.6. Explain any three features of dryland farming and wetland farming in India. (Delhi 2013)
Q.7. “Land use in a region to a large extent is influenced by the nature of economic activities
carried out in that region”. Support the statement by giving three examples from India. (HOTS;
Delhi 2012)
Q.8. Mention any six land use categories in India. (Delhi 2011)
Q.9. Describe any five major problems of Indian agriculture. (Delhi 2008, 2011, 2014)
Q.10. “Land use in a region to a large extent is influenced by nature economic activities carried
out in that region”. Support the statement by giving three examples from India, (HOTS; Delhi
2012)
OR
Why is the area under pastures decreasing in India? How do the changes in the economy affect
changes in land use? Explain. (Delhi 2010)
OR
Explain the three types of changes that have affected land use in India. (Delhi 2010)
Q.11. How the small size of land holdings and degradation of cultivable land are the two major
problems of Indian agriculture? Explain both these problems with examples. (Delhi 2009)
Q.13. Why is the area of cultivable land decreasing day by day in India? (All India 2015)
Q.14. Explain the importance of food grains in the Indian agricultural economy. Describe any
three characteristics of rice cultivation. (All India 2015)
Q.15. ) „Fragmentation of land holdings and „degradation of cultivable land‟ are the serious
problems of Indian agriculture. Suggest and explain measures to overcome these problems. (All
India 2016)
Q.16. Review any five measures adopted to solve the problems of Indian agriculture. (All India
2017)
Q.17. “„Erratic monsoon‟ and „low productivity‟ are the major problems of Indian agriculture.”
Substantiate the statement. (All India 2019)
Prepared By:
Rajendra Prasad
(K.V. North Lakhimpur)
PROOF READ BY
A K MADHUKAR
PGT GEOGRAPHY
152
Unit-8 Chapter- 6
WATER RESOURCE
Mind Map
High use in Irrigation
Legislative provision to control
Rain water harvesting pollution
method of capturing and Water (Prevention and control
storing rainwater, for of pollution) – 1974
various uses. Environment Protection Act – 1986
 Seasonal rainfall, Water cess Act – 1977
 Breaks inmonsoon
 failure of monsoon Source- 1. Surface water
 To grow water
2. Ground Water
intensive crops
 To increase 3. Lagoons And back
production, WATER RESOURCE waters
 multiple cropping.
 To introduce green Water Demand &
revolution need more Utilisation
irrigation
Watershed development
Ground water- Surface
Efficient management of Water Conservation -
Agriculture- 92%
water-
surface and ground water and Adopt laws and acts
conservation. to conserve water Industries- 5% Agriculture-
Use water saving 89%
methods and Domestic – 3%
Industries-
technology 2%
Haryali – Central Government
Prevent water
NERU-MERU - Andhra Domestic –
pollution Over Utilisation effect-
Pradesh 9%
Water shed
ARVARY PANI SANSAD - 1. Decline level
development
Rajasthan
Rain water 2. Increase in fluoride & arsenic
harvesting
National water policy:- Jal Kranti Abhiyan
Multipurpose projects to include the drinking water Involving local bodies, NGOs and Citizens.
Each district of Indian Create ‘Jal Gram’
Drinking water to all human beings and animals Water conservation and artificial recharge.
Limit and regulate the exploitation of groundwater. Reducing water pollution.
Construction of Arsenic -free wells.
Regularly monitored for quality. Creating mass awareness.
Awareness
GISTtoOF
common
THEpeople.
LESSON: Provide livelihood and food security through
water security.
153
Gist of Chapter
WATER RESOURCES IN INDIA
 India accounts 2 .45% of world surface area ,4% of world water resource & 16 % of
population.
 Total water available from precipitations 4000 cubic km.
 Surface water and replenishable water 1869 cubic km,60% only useful is about 1122 cu.km
SURFACE WATER RESOURCES

 There are four major sources of surface water- Rivers, lakes, ponds, tanks
 10,360 rivers are present with more than 1.6 km length of each
 Mean annual rainfall is about 1869 cubic km, 60% only usable it is equal to 1122 cubic km
GROUND WATER RESOURCES

 Total replenishable ground water is 432 cubic km,46% available from Ganga and
Brahmaputra river basins,
 Level of utilization of ground water is high in North western and south India
 Level of utilization is very high in Panjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu low in
Chhattisgarh, Odisha Kerala & Moderate in Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, and Bihar.
 Usage of surface water resources Agriculture 89% domestic-9% industrial-2%
 Usage of ground water resources Agriculture-92% domestic-3% industrial-5%
DEMAND OF WATER FOR IRRIGATION

 Sapatio-temporal variability in rainfall
 Seasonal rainfall, Breaks in monsoon, failure of monsoon
 High temperature causes more evaporation
 To grow water intensive crops like rice ,Sugarcane& jute.
 To increase production, multiple cropping.
 Grow crops in dry season
 To introduce green revolution need more irrigation
DETERIORATION OF WATER QUALITY

 Per-capita availability of water is dwindling day by day due to increasing population
 Increase in the standard of living
 Ground water pollution
 Urban waste and industrial waste is left in to the rivers
 Cultural activities produce more wastage in to the rivers
 Ganga and Yamuna river are highly polluted river in the country.
WATER CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

 Adopt laws and acts to conserve water
 Use water saving methods and technology
 Prevent water pollution
 Water shed development
 Rain water harvesting
PREVENTION OF WATER POLLUTION
154
 The drains carrying agricultural (fertilisers and insecticides), domestic (solid and liquid
wastes), and industrial effluents join the rivers
 The central pollution control board along with state pollution control boards should
monitor the pollution
 Frequent supervision is essential.
 Yamuna is most polluted river.
 The other rivers such as Sabarmati, Gomati, Kali, Adayar, Vaigai, also to monitor for
pollution
 Legislative provision to control pollution
(i) Water (Prevention and control of pollution) – 1974
(ii) Environment Protection Act – 1986
(iii) Water cess Act – 1977
RECYCLE AND REUSE OF WATER

 Water with lesser quality can be used in industries for cooling & fire fighting.
 In urban areas water after can be used for washing utensils, washing vehicle and gardening.
WATER SHED/MANAGEMENT
 Watershed development refers to Efficient management of surface and ground water and
conservation.
 It involves the prevention of runoff and storage and recharge of groundwater through
various methods like percolation tanks, recharge wells, etc.
 Aims at bringing about the balance between natural resources on the one hand and society
on the other.
 Success depends on community participation.
 Haryali project – Central Government ,NERU-MERU - Andhra Pradesh .ARVARY PANI
SANSAD - Rajasthan
 Tamil Nadu has made water harvesting structures in the houses compulsory.
RAIN WATER HARVESTING

 It is the method of capturing and storing rainwater, for various uses.
 Used to recharge the groundwater aquifers.
 It is low cost, eco- friendly technique foe preserving every drop of water.
 It increase water availability, improves water quality reduces the water pollution, prevents
soil erosion and flooding.
 Rain water harvesting is practiced in different areas by different communities.
 Traditional harvesting through surface water bodies like ponds, lakes, irrigation tanks
service
 In Rajasthan kund or tanka ( a covered underground tank)
The key features of National Water Policy, 2002 include:
1) Irrigation and multipurpose projects to include the drinking water component, wherever there
is no alternative source of drinking water.
2) Providing drinking water to all human beings and animals should be the first priority.
3) Measures should be taken to limit and regulate the exploitation of groundwater.
155
4) Both surface and groundwater should be regularly monitored for quality. A phased programme
should be undertaken for improving water quality.
5) Awareness to common people.
Jal Kranti Abhiyan (2015 -16)

 The gap between supply and demand will be widening over time.
 Climate change creating water stress conditions in the world.
 In India high demand of water due to – High pollution growth & rapid economic
Development.
 Jal karti Abhiyan launched by Government of India in 2015-16.
 Involving local bodies, NGOs and Citizens.
 Each district of Indian Create ‘Jal Gram’
 Water conservation and artificial recharge.
 Reducing water pollution.
 Construction of Arsenic -free wells.
 Creating mass awareness.
 Provide livelihood and food security through water security.
Question With Answers

MCQs
Q1. In which of the following states have very high groundwater utilisation?
a) Haryana b) Kerala c) Maharashtra d) Tripura
Ans: Haryana
Q2.India’s water demand at present is dominated by___________ needs.
a) Industrial b) Domestic c) Irrigation d) None of these
Ans: Irrigation
Q3. Demand of water are increased in irrigation in recent years due to _____.
a) HYV Seeds b) Multiple crop c) Water intensive crop d) All of the above
Ans: All of the above
Q4. In which of the following states have more than 85 percent of their net shown area is under
irrigation
a) Panjab b) Haryana c) Western Uttar Pradesh d) All of the above
Ans: All of the above
Q5. Choose the correct option
Statement 1.- Rajasthan and Maharashtra has increased fluoride concentration in groundwater
Statement 2. – West Bengal and Bihar has increased concentration of arsenic in groundwater.
a) Only statement 1 is correct
b) Only statement 2 is correct.
c) Both statements are correct.
156
d) Both statements are incorrect.
Ans: Both statements are correct.
Q6.Match the following
A. Water (Prevention and control of pollution) Act 1. Year 1974
B. Environment protection Act 2. Year 1977
C. Water cess Act 3. Year 1986
a) A-1,B-3,C-2 b) A-1,B-2,C-3 c) A-2,B-1,C-3 d) A-3,B-2,C-1
Ans: a) A-1,B-3,C-2
Q7. In Rajasthan rainwater harvesting structures locally known as
a) Kund b) Tanka c) Both a & c d) Neither a or b
Ans: Both a & c
Q8. Match the following
A. Jan Kranti Abhiyan 1. Year 2002
B. Neeru-Meeru 2. Rajasthan
C. Arvary Pani Sansad 3. Andhra- Pradesh
D. National Water policy 4. Year 2015-16
a) A-1.B-2,C-3,D-4 b) A-4,B-2,C-3,D-1
b) A-2,B-1,C-4,D-3 d) A-4,B-3,C-2,D-1
Ans: A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1
Options for Question 9 to 11

b) Both (A) and (R) are true (R) is correct explanation of (A)
c) Both (A) and (R) are true (R) isn’t correct explanation of (A)
d) (A) is true but (R) is false
e) (A) is false but (R) is true.
Q9. Assertion (A):- Haryali enables the rural population to converse drinking water, irrigation.
Reason(R):- Haryali is a central government sponsored watershed development project.
Ans: Both (A) and (R) are true (R) is correct explanation of (A)
Q10. Assertion (A):- We can improve fresh water availability is by recycle and reuse.
Reason (R):- There is enormous scope for replenishing water through recycling.
Ans : Both (A) and (R) are true (R) isn’t correct explanation of (A)
Q11. Assertion (A):- Agriculture accounts for most of the surface and groundwater utilisation.
Reason (R):- Irrigation is needed because of Sapatio- temporal variability in rainfall in the
country.
Ans: Both (A) and (R) are true (R) is correct explanation of (A)
Q12. Which of the following south Indian states has highest groundwater utilisation?
157
a) Kerala b) Maharastra c) Karnataka d) Tamil Nadu
Ans: Tamil Nadu
Q13. Which of the following rivers has the highest replenishable groundwater resource in the
country?
a) Ganga b) Indus c) Brahmaputra d) Godavari
Ans: Ganga
Q14. Which of the following has made water harvesting structures compulsory in the houses?
a) Tamil Nadu b) Punjab c) Haryana d) Andhra Pradesh
Ans: Tamil Nadu
Q15. How much percent of surface water can utilise?
a) 42% b) 32% c) 52% d) 62%
Ans: 32%
3 marks questions
Q1.'Rainwater Harvesting is considered as a low cost and eco-friendly technique of preserving
water essential resources., Justify.
 Ans:- Rainwater harvesting is a method to capture and store rainwater for various uses. It is
also used to recharge groundwater aquifers.
 It is a low cost and eco-friendly technique for preserving every drop of water by guiding
the rainwater to bore well, pits and wells.
 Rainwater harvesting increases water availability, check the declining ground water table
improves the quality of groundwater through dilution of contaminants like fluorides and
nitrates.
 It prevents soil erosion and flooding and arrests salt water intrusion in coastal areas if used
to recharge aquifers.
Q2. There is very high demand water for irrigation India. Justify.
Ans: a) Rainfall India is concentrated for few months and therefore, irrigation required the months.
Rainfall uneven Deccan Plateau dry due to deficient and agriculture be practiced the absence
irrigation.
b) Water requirement certain crops such as Jute, Sugarcane Rice is high which can be met by
irrigation.
c) Use of HYV seeds, fertilizers and multiple cropping in the fields have made irrigation.
Q3. How can we conserve the water resources?
Ans:
a) Adopt laws and acts to conserve water
b) Use water saving methods and technology
c) Prevent water pollution
d) 4. Watershed development
e) Rainwater harvesting
158
f) Water recycling and reuse
Q4. What do mean by watershed management ? write some technic for watershed management.
Ans: Watershed management basically refers to the efficient management and conservation of
surface and groundwater resources.
It involves prevention of runoff and storage and recharge of groundwater through various methods
like percolation tanks recharge wells, etc.
i. Rain water harvesting

ii. Recycling of water
iii. Conjunctive use of water for sustaining water supply in long run.
iv. Prevention of water pollution
v. Saving water in household work
vi. Re use of water
vii. Creates awareness among people about water conservation
Q5. What are the major problems of over utilisation groundwater resource?
Ans: a) Led to decline groundwater table.
b) Rajasthan And Maharashtra has increased fluoride concentration.
c) West Bengal and Bihar has increased arsenic.
5 marks Questions
Q1. Why demand of water for irrigation increasing in India? Explain with example.
Ans: In India, water is mainly used for irrigation in agriculture. Since, the agriculture of India is
based on monsoon with spatial and temporal variation, need of irrigation is high. Following are the
reasons which show necessity of irrigation in India: -
 Seasonal Rainfall in India is highly seasonal. Most of the rainfall occurs during four
months from June to September. The remaining part of the year remains dry.
 Uncertain Rainfall Monsoonal rainfall is uncertain in time and space. Normal rainfall has
variations from year to year which results in famines. Hence, irrigation is necessary for
agriculture in areas of inadequate rainfall.
 Unequal Distribution of Rainfall The annual rainfall is unevenly distributed. About 30% of
total land area receive less than 75 cm rainfall. In such areas, irrigation supplements
rainfall.
 Demand for Crops Some particular crops like rabi crops and cash crops like cotton,
sugarcane and jute require intensive irrigation.
 .To Increase Productivity Expansion of irrigation facilities results in increase in

productivity and enhances the production of food crops. This helps to meet the demand of
foodgrains in India.
159
Q2. What is watershed management? How can watershed management fulfil the need of water in
India? Explain with examples.
Ans: Watershed management refers to efficient management and conservation of surface and
groundwater resources. It is new approach, to solve the rising wate, crisis in the country. It fulfils
the need of water in India through following measures.
 If has been evolved as holistic system of water conservation to fulfil water requirement. . It
involves prevention of surface off and helps in storing and recharging of groundwater
through various methods like percolation tanks, recharge well etc. These methods helped in
increasing per capita availability of water.
 It has created awareness among people about the judicious use of water resources.
 It has discouraged overgrazing and deforestation and promoted afforestation for

conservation of water resources. Due to such initiatives, the quality of groundwater has
increased over the period of time.
 . It has fulfilled both domestic as well as agricultural requirement of water.
 It has enabled the rural population to conserve
 water for drinking, irrigation and fisheries.
 Ralegan Siddhi, a small village of Maharashtra has setup example in front of world, that
how watershed management can fulfil the need of water.
 For example, Haryali programme of Central Government, Neeru Meeru and Arvary Pani
Sansad in Andhra Pradesh and Rajasthan.
Case – Study based Question
Q. Read the paragraph given below and answer the following question.
Ralegan Siddhi is a small village in the district of Ahmednagar, Maharashtra. It has become an
example for watershed development throughout the country.
In 1975, this village was caught in a web of poverty and illicit liquor trade. The transformation
took place when a retired army personnel, settled down in the village and took up the task of
watershed development. He convinced villagers about the importance of family planning and
voluntary labour; preventing open grazing, felling trees, and liquor prohibition. Voluntary
labour was necessary to ensure minimum dependence on the government for financial aids. "It
socialised the costs of the projects", explained the activist. Even those who were working
outside the village contributed to the development by committing a month's salary every year.
Work began with the percolation tank constructed in the village. In 1975, the tank could not
hold water. The embankment wall leaked. People voluntarily repaired the embankment. The
seven wells below it swelled with water in summer for the first time in the living memory of
the people. The people reposed their faith in him and his visions. A youth group called Tarun
Mandal was formed. The group worked to ban the dowry system, caste discrimination and
160
untouchability. Liquor distilling units were removed and prohibition imposed. Open grazing
was completely banned with a new emphasis on stall-feeding. The cultivation of water-
intensive crops like sugarcane was banned. Crops such as pulses, oilseeds and certain cash
crops with low water requirements were encouraged. All elections to local bodies began to be
held on the basis of consensus. "It made the community leaders complete representatives of the
people." System of Nyaya Panchayats (informal courts) were also set up. Since then, no case
has been referred to the police. A Rs. 22 lakh school building was constructed using only the
resources of the village. No donations were taken. Money, if needed, was borrowed and paid
back. The villagers took pride in this self-reliance. A new system of sharing labour grew out of
this infusion of pride and voluntary spirit. People volunteered to help each other in agricultural
operation. Landless labourers also gained employment. Today the village plans to buy land for
them in adjoining villages. At present, water is adequate; agriculture is flourishing, though the
use of fertilisers and pesticides is very high. The prosperity also brings the question of ability
of the present generation to carry on the work after the leader of the movement who declared
that, "The process of Ralegan's evolution to an ideal village will not stop. With changing times,
people tend to evolve new ways. In future, Ralegan might present a different model to the
country."
Answer the following questions:

(i) In above paragraph, the village Ralegan Siddhi is an example of :
a) Rainwater harvesting c) Watershed development
b) Afforestation d) Social Security
(ii) Which is of the following group working for the development of the village
a) Tarun Mandal c) Tarun Sangh
b) Ralegan Sangh d) Ralegan Mandal
(iii) In above paragraph term ‘Nyaya Panchayats refers to;
a) Formal Police c) Formal Courts
b) Informal Police d) Informal Courts
Ans:-
(i) Watershed development
(ii) Tarun Mandal
(iii) Informal Courts
Question Bank
CBSE previous year question
1 marks questions
Q1. Mention any two sources of water pollutants created. Delhi 2015
Or
Mention any two sources of water pollution in India. Delhi 2013
Q2. Define the watershed management. All India 2014
Q3. Which river basin of India has the highest percentage of replenishable utilisation of
groundwater resources? Delhi 2010
Q4. Name any two natural sources of water pollution. Delhi 2009
161
Q5. Which sector (economic activity) uses most of the surface and groundwater in India? Delhi
2010
Q6. Which are the two polluted stretches of river Ganga in Uttar Pradesh and Bihar? AI 2008
Q7. In which of the sectors is the groundwater used the highest? 2021 Term I
Q8. Which groups of states uses the highest amount of groundwater? 2021 Term I
Q9. Which one of is not the objective of Haryali Watershed development project? 2021 Term I
3 marks Questions:
Q1. How has rain water harvesting helped in the development of certain areas of India? AI, 2016
Q2. Examine the success of watershed management programme implemented in Jhabua District of
Madhya Pradesh. All India 2016
Q3. "The assessment, efficient use and conservation of water are necessary to ensure
development." Explain in the light of values regarding conservation of water resources.
Delhi 2005
Or
Why is conservation of water resources necessary? Explain any three reasona. All India 2011
Q4. How do industries pollute India's water bodies? Explain with examples. Delhi 2015
Q5. Analyse the economic and social values of rain water harvesting. Delhi 2014
Q6. Examine any three causes for the deterioration of 'quality of water' in India. Delhi 2013
Q7. Explain watershed management. What is its aim? Delhi 2012
Q8. Describe any three key features of India's National Water Policy, 2002. All India 2012
Q9. Describe any three major problems related to water in India. Delhi 2011
Q10. Why is demand of water for irrigation increasing day by day in India? Explain any three
reasons Delhi 2011
5 marks questions
Q1. Explain any three factors responsible for the depletion of water resources. Examine any two
legislative measures for controlling water pollution in India.
.........................................................................................................................................................
Prepared By: Mr Raghwendra Madhav PGT Geography (KV Panbari)

Proof read By: Mr Md Saiful Islam PGT Geography (KV Maligaon)
162
UNIT 8
CHAPTER 7: MINERAL AND ENERGY
RESOURCES
Mind Map
163
GIST OF CHAPTER
 A mineral is a natural substance of organic or inorganic origin with definite chemical

and physical properties.
Types of Mineral Resources:

 On the basis of chemical and physical properties, minerals may be grouped under two
main categories of metallics and non-metallics
 Metallic Mineralsare the sources of metals. Iron ore, copper, gold produce metal
and are included in this category.
 Metallic minerals are further divided into ferrous and non-ferrous metallic
minerals.
 All those minerals which have iron content are ferrous such as iron ore.
 Those which do not have iron content are non-ferrous such as copper, bauxite,
etc.
 Non-metallic minerals are either organic in origin such as fossil fuels also known
as mineral fuels.
 They are derived from the buried animal and plant life such as coal and
petroleum.
 Other type of non-metallic minerals are inorganic in origin such as mica,
limestone and graphite, etc.
 Minerals have certain characteristics:

 These are unevenly distributed over space.
 There is inverse relationship in quality and quantity of minerals i.e. good
quality minerals are less in quantity as compared to low quality minerals.
 all minerals are exhaustible over time.
 Distribution of Minerals in India:

 Most of the metallic minerals in India occur in the peninsular plateau region in
the old crystalline rocks.
 Over 97 per cent of coal reserves occur in the valleys of
 Damodar, Sone, Mahanadi and Godavari.
 Petroleum reserves are located in the sedimentary basins of
 Assam, Gujarat and Mumbai High i.e. off-shore region in the Arabian
Sea.
 Mineral Belts of India:
 The North-Eastern Plateau Region: This belt covers Chhotanagpur
(Jharkhand), Odisha Plateau, West Bengal and parts of Chhattisgarh. It has
variety of minerals viz. iron ore coal, manganese, bauxite, mica.
 The South-Western Plateau Region: This belt extends over
Karnataka, Goa and contiguous Tamil Nadu uplands and Kerala. This belt is
rich in ferrous metals and bauxite.
164
 The North-Western Region: This belt extends along Aravali in
Rajasthan and part of Gujarat and minerals are associated with Dharwar
system of rocks. Copper, zinc have been major minerals.
 The Himalayan beltis another mineral belt where copper, lead, zinc,
cobalt and tungsten are known to occur. They occur on both the eastern and
western parts.
 FERROUS MINERAL:
 Ferrous minerals such as iron ore, manganese, chromite, etc., provide a strong
base for the development of metallurgical industries.
 Iron ore:
 India has the largest reserve of iron ore in Asia.
 The two main types of ore found in our country are haematite and magnetite.
It has great demand in international market due to its superior quality.
 About 95 per cent of total reserves of iron ore is located in the States of
Odisha, Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Karnataka, Goa, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh
and Tamil Nadu.
 Manganese:
 Manganese is an important raw material for smelting of iron ore and also used
for manufacturing ferro alloys.
 Manganese deposits are found in almost all geological formations, however, it
is mainly associated with Dharwar system.
 Odisha is the leading producer of Manganese
 NON-FERROUS MINERALS:
 Bauxite:
 Bauxite is the ore, which is used in manufacturing of aluminium.
 Bauxite is found mainly in tertiary deposits and is associated with laterite
rocks occurring extensively either on the plateau or hill ranges of peninsular
India and also in the coastal tracts of the country.
 Odisha happens to be the largest producer of Bauxite.
 Copper
 Copper is an indispensable metal in the electrical industry for making wires,
electric motors, transformers and generators.
 It is alloyable, malleable and ductile. It is also mixed with gold to provide
strength to jewellery.
 The Copper deposits mainly occur in Singhbhum district in Jharkhand,
Balaghat district in Madhya Pradesh and Jhunjhunu and Alwar districts in
Rajasthan.
 Mica
 Mica is mainly used in the electrical and electronic industries.
 Mica in India is produced in Jharkhand, Andhra Pradesh, Telanganga and
Rajasthan followed by Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Madhya Pradesh.
 ENERGY RESOURCES:
165
 Mineral fuels are essential for generation of power, required by agriculture,
industry, transport and other sectors of the economy.
 Mineral fuels like coal, petroleum and natural gas (known as fossil fuels or
conventional sources of energy).
 CONVENTIONAL SOUCES OF ENERGY:
 Coal :
 Coal used in the generation of thermal power and smelting of iron ore.
 Coal occurs in rock sequences mainly of two geological ages, namely
Gondwana and tertiary deposits.
 About 80 per cent of the coal deposits in India is of bituminous type and is of
non-coking grade.
 The most important Gondwana coal fields of India are located in Damodar
Valley.
 Jharia is the largest coal field followed by Raniganj.
 Tertiary coals occur in Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya and Nagaland.
 Petroleum
 Crude petroleum consists of hydrocarbons of liquid and gaseous states varying
in chemical composition, colour and specific gravity.
 It is an essential source of energy for all internal combustion engines in
automobiles, railways and aircraft.
 Its numerous by-products are processed in petrochemical industries, such as
fertiliser, synthetic rubber, synthetic fibre, medicines, vaseline, lubricants,
wax, soap and cosmetics.
 Crude petroleum occurs in sedimentary rocks of the tertiary period.
 Oil exploration and production was systematically taken up after the Oil and
Natural Gas Commission was set up in 1956.
 There are two types of refineries in India: (a) field-based and (b) market-
based. Digboi is an example of field-based and Barauni is an example of
market-based refinery
 Natural Gas:
 The Gas Authority of India Limited was set up in 1984 as a public sector
undertaking to transport and market natural gas.
 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES:

 Sustainable energy resources are only the renewable energy sources like solar,
wind, hydrogeothermal and biomass.
 These energy sources are more equitably distributed and environment-
friendly.
 The non-conventional energy sources will provide more sustained, eco-
friendly cheaper energy after the initial cost is taken care of.
 Nuclear Energy Resources:

166
 Important minerals used for the generation of nuclear energy are uranium and
thorium. Uranium deposits occur in the Dharwar rocks.
 Geographically, uranium ores are known to occur in several locations along
the Singbhum Copper belt.
 Thorium is mainly obtained from monazite and ilmenite in the beach sands
along the coast of Kerala and Tamil Nadu.
 World‟s richest monazite deposits occur in Palakkad and Kollam districts of
Kerala.
 Atomic Energy Commission was established in 1948, progress could be made
only after the establishment of the Atomic Energy Institute at Trombay in
1954 which was renamed as the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre in 1967.
 The important nuclear power projects are Tarapur (Maharashtra), Rawatbhata
near Kota (Rajasthan), Kalpakkam (Tamil Nadu), Narora (Uttar Pradesh),
Kaiga (Karnataka) and Kakarapara (Gujarat).
 Solar Energy:
 Sun rays tapped in photovoltaic cells can be converted into energy, known as
solar energy.
 The two effective processes considered to be very effective to tap solar energy
are photovoltaics and solar thermal technology.
 Solar thermal technology has some relative advantages over all other non-
renewable energy sources.
 It is cost competitive, environment friendly and easy to construct.
 Wind Energy:
 Wind energy is absolutely pollution free, inexhaustible source of energy.
 The kinetic energy of wind, through turbines is converted into electrical
energy.
 In Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra and Karnataka, favourable conditions for
wind energy exist.
 Tidal and Wave Energy Ocean currents:

 India has great potential for the development of tidal energy along the coasts
but so far these have not yet been utilised.
 Geothermal Energy:
 When the magma from the interior of earth, comes out on the surface,
tremendous heat is released.
 This heat energy can successfully be tapped and converted to electrical energy.
 the hot water that gushes out through the geyser wells is also used in the
generation of thermal energy. It is popularly known as Geothermal energy.
 In India, a geothermal energy plant has been commissioned at Manikaran in
Himachal Pradesh.
 Bio-energy:
167
 Bio-energy refers to energy derived from biological products which includes
agricultural residues, municipal, industrial and other wastes.
 Bio-energy is a potential source of energy conversion. It can be converted into
electrical energy, heat energy or gas for cooking.
 It will also process the waste and garbage and produce energy.
 This will improve economic life of rural areas in developing countries, reduce
environmental pollution, enhance self-reliance and reduce pressure on fuel
wood.
 CONSERVATION OF MINERAL RESOURCES:

 The challenge of sustainable development requires integration of quest for
economic development with environmental concerns.
 Traditional methods of resource use result into generating enormous quantity
of waste as well as create other environmental problems.
 There is an urgent need to conserve the resources.
 The alternative energy sources like solar power, wind, wave, geothermal
energy are inexhaustible resource.
 In case of metallic minerals, use of scrap metals will enable recycling of
metals.
 Use of substitutes for scarce metals may also reduce their consumption.
 Export of strategic and scarce minerals must be reduced, so that the existing
reserve may be used for a longer period.
Questions With Answers
VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS (1 Mark Questions)
Q. Assertion (A): There is an urgent need to conserve mineral resources in India.

Reason (R): Mineral resources are limited in India and its exploitation is faster than
the formation.
Codes:
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A
(d) A is false, but R is true
Ans: (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
Q. Which of the following regions is not associated with the availability of petroleum?
a. Assam b. Gujarat c . Mumbai High d. Madhya Pradesh

Ans: d. Madhya Pradesh
Q. Which of the following is not matched correctly?
MINERALS BELT SUB-REGION
a. The north eastern plateau region - Chhota Nagpur
b. The south-western plateau region - Karnataka
168
c. The South-Western region - Maharashtra
d. The north-western region - Rajasthan (Aravalli)
Ans- (c) The South-Western region - Maharashtra
Q. Which of the following fact is not true regarding the availability of iron ore in India?
a. India has the largest reserve of iron ore in Asia

b. Most of reserves of iron ore are found in West Bengal
c. It has great demand in international market due to its superior quality
d. The iron ore mines occur in close proximity to the coal fields in the north-eastern
plateau region of the country which adds to their advantage
Ans. (b) Most of reserves of iron ore are found in West Bengal
Q. Consider the following statements and choose the correct answers with the help of
given options.
1. Mineral fuels are essential for generation of power
2. Power is required for agriculture, industry, transport and other sectors of economy.
Options
a. Both statements 1 and 2 are correct and related to each other as well
b. Both statements 1 and 2 are correct but not related to each other
c. Only statement 2 is correct
d. Only statement 1 is correct
Ans. (a) Both statements 1 and 2 are correct and related to each other as well.
Q. Consider the following statements, find cause and effect relationship between these
two and choose the correct answer from the given options.
1. Solar thermal technology has some relative advantages over all other non-
renewable energy sources.
2. It is cost competitive, environment friendly and easy to construct.
Option
a. Only statement 2 is correct
b. Only statement 1 is correct
c. Both statements are correct and statement 2 correctly explains statement 1.
d. Both statements are correct but not related to each other
Ans. (c) Both statements are correct and statement 2 correctly explains statement 1.
Q. Which of the following is an example of ferrous minerals?
a. Copper b. Manganese
c . Bauxite d. Gold
Ans. (b) Manganese
Q. Which of the following is not an eco-friendly source of energy?
a. Solar energy b. Wind energy

169
c. Petroleum d. Geo-thermal energy
Ans. (c) Petroleum
Q. Which of the following minerals is associated with the organic origin?
a. Fossil fuels b. Mica

c. Lime stone d. Graphite
Ans. (a) Fossil fuels
Q. The project that is helpful to convert municipal waste into energy is located in----------
a. New Delhi (Okhla) b. Aligarh
c. Gurgaon d. Chandigarh
Ans. (a) New Delhi (Okhla)
Q. Neyveli coal reserves are found in which of the following region?

a. North-east plateau region b. South-west plateau region
c. North-western region d. North-eastern states
Ans. (b) South-west plateau region
Q. Which of the following states are the leading producer of manganese and bauxite?
a. Tamil Nadu b. Jharkhand

c . Odisha d. West Bengal
Ans. (c) Odisha
Q. Which of the following is not an example of conventional source of energy?
a. Coal b. Petroleum
c. Geo thermal energy d. Natural gas
Ans. (c) Geo thermal energy
Q. Which of the following is the oldest oil producing region of India?

a. Ankaleshwar b. Digboi
c. Mumbai High d. Naharkatiya
Ans. (b) Digboi
Q. In which of the following states, favorable conditions for wind energy do not exist?
a. Rajasthan b. Gujarat
c. Maharashtra d. Uttar Pradesh
Ans. (d) Gujarat
SHORT TYPE QUESTION (3 marks Questions)
SOURCED BASED:
Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow:
170
Metallic minerals are the sources of metals. Iron ore, copper, gold produce metal and
are included in this category. Metallic minerals are further divided into ferrous and non-
ferrous metallic minerals. Ferrous, as you know, refers to iron. All those minerals which have
iron content are ferrous such as iron ore itself and those which do not have iron content are
non-ferrous such as copper, bauxite, etc.
Non-metallic minerals are either organic in origin such as fossil fuels also known as
mineral fuels which are derived from the buried animal and plant life such as coal and
petroleum. Other type of non-metallic minerals are inorganic in origin such as mica,
limestone and graphite, etc.
Minerals have certain characteristics. These are unevenly distributed over space.
There is inverse relationship in quality and quantity of minerals i.e. good quality minerals are
less in quantity as compared to low quality minerals. The third main characteristic is that all
minerals are exhaustible over time. These take long to develop geologically and they cannot
be replenished immediately at the time of need. Thus, they have to be conserved and not
misused as they do not have the second crop.
Q. How ferrous minerals are different from non- ferrous? 1

Ans: Those minerals have iron content are ferrous such as iron ore while those which do not
have iron content are non-ferrous such as copper.
Q. Explain any two characteristics of minerals. 2
Ans:
 Minerals are unevenly distributed over space.
 There is inverse relationship in quality and quantity of minerals i.e. good quality
minerals are less in quantity as compared to low quality minerals.
Q. Explain the signification of bio-energy to humankind in India.

Ans:
 Bio- energy is non-conventional source of energy, which is renewable in nature;
 Rural areas of India rich in bio waste (cow dung, and agricultural residual, etc.) so it
is sustainable for the rural areas.
 It can contribute to improving economic life of rural areas by making them self-
sustained.
Q. Explain any three methods of conservation of minerals resources in India.

Ans:
 Use of scrap is specially significant in metals like copper, lead and zinc in which
India‟s reserves are meagre.
 Use of substitutes for scarce metals may also reduce their consumption.
 Export of strategic and scarce minerals must be reduced, so that the existing reserve
may be used for a longer period.
171
 The alternative energy sources like solar power, wind, wave, geothermal energy are
inexhaustible resource.
Q. Give two advantages of „copper‟. Mention four copper mining areas of India.
Ans: Advantage:
 Copper is an indispensable metal in the electrical industry for making wires, electric motors,
transformers and generators.
 It is alloyable, malleable and ductile.
Four Copper mining areas of India:
 Singhbhum district in Jharkhand,

 Balaghat district in Madhya Pradesh
 Jhunjhunu and Alwar districts in Rajasthan.
 Agnigundala in Guntur District (Andhra Pradesh).
Q. Give one advantages of „mica‟. Explain the distribution of mica in India.

Ans: Advantage:
 Mica is mainly used in the electrical and electronic industries.
Distribution of mica in India:
 In Jharkhand, high quality mica is obtained Hazaribagh plateau.

 In Andhra Pradesh, Nellore district produces the best quality mica.
 Rajasthan, mica belt from Jaipur to Bhilwara and around Udaipur.
 Mica deposits also occur in Mysuru and Hasan districts of Karanataka.
Q. Explain any three characteristics of conventional source of energy.

Ans:
 Most of non-conventional sources of energy are environmental pollutant (excluding
natural gas & hydroelectricity)
 This source of energy is non- renewable and exactable.
 They are available in limited quantity and unevenly distributed.
Q. Describe the uneven distribution of mineral ane energy resources in India by giving
suitable examples.
Ans:
 India is a rich country in terms of minerals. Most of the metallic minerals occur in the
Peninsular Plateau region in the old crystalline rocks.
 River valleys of Damodar, Sone, Mahanadi, and Godavari have over 97% of coal reserves in
India.
 Sedimentary basins of Assam and off-shore region in the Arabian Sea (Gujarat and Mumbai
High) are famous for their crude petroleum reserves.
172
LONG TYPE QUESTION (5 Marks Questions)
Q. “The non-conventional source of energy in India will provide more sustained and
environment friendly energy‟. Examine the statement.
Ans: The above statement is reflecting the needs of non- conventional source of energy for
the sustainable and environmental friendly world.
 Initial cost of installation is high but in long run it is cheaper than the conventional
source of energy.
 They does not emit smoke or pollution, hence they are environmental friendly.
 They are renewable and non- exhaustible source of energy.
 They are locally available in rural areas of India, which make them more suitable and
self-reliance.
 The non- conventional source of energy are solar energy, wind energy, biomass
energy are almost homogeneously distributed.
Q. Define minerals. Explain two features of the three mineral belts of India.
Ans: A mineral is a natural substance of organic or inorganic origin with definite chemical and
physical properties.
Two Features of three mineral belts of India:
 The North-Eastern Plateau Region:

i. This belt covers Chhotanagpur (Jharkhand), Odisha Plateau, West Bengal and parts of
Chhattisgarh.
ii. It has variety of minerals viz. iron ore coal, manganese, bauxite, mica.
 The South-Western Plateau Region:
i. This belt extends over Karnataka, Goa and contiguous Tamil Nadu uplands and Kerala.
ii. This belt is rich in ferrous metals and bauxite.
 The North-Western Region:

i. This belt extends along Aravali in Rajasthan and part of Gujarat and minerals are
associated with Dharwar system of rocks.
ii. Copper, zinc have been major minerals.
Q. Define non- conventional source of energy. Explain any two features of solar energy
and wind energy. 5
Ans: Non-conventional sources of energy, often known as renewable sources of energy,
are energy sources that are continually renewed by natural processes.
Features of solar energy:
 Sun rays tapped in photovoltaic cells can be converted into energy, known as solar
energy.
 Solar thermal technology has some relative advantages over all other non-renewable
energy sources.
 It is cost competitive, environment friendly and easy to construct.
173
Features of Wind Energy:
 Wind energy is absolutely pollution free, inexhaustible source of energy.
 The kinetic energy of wind, through turbines is converted into electrical energy.
 In Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra and Karnataka, favourable conditions for wind
energy exist.
Q. What is the use of manganese? Describe the distribution of manganese in India.

Ans: Uses of Maganese:
 Manganese is an important raw material for smelting of iron ore.
 It also used for manufacturing ferro alloys.
Distribution of manganese.
 Odisha is the leading producer of Manganese. Major mines in Odisha are Bonai, Kendujhar,
Sundergarh, Gangpur, Koraput, Kalahandi and Bolangir.
 Karnataka is another major producer and here the mines are located in Dharwar, Ballari,
Belagavi, North Canara, Chikkmagaluru, Shivamogga, Chitradurg and Tumakuru.
 Maharashtra is also an important producer of manganese, which is mined in Nagpur,
Bhandara and Ratnagiri districts.
 The manganese belt of Madhya Pradesh extends in a belt in Balaghat-Chhindwara-Nimar-
Mandla and Jhabua districts.
QUESTION BANK:
VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Which are the two main types of iron-ore found in India? (2008)
2. Name the place of Maharashtra, where an atomic power station is located. (2010)
3. Name any two ferrous minerals other than iron-ore. (2011)
4. Explain one reason for the import of petroleum and its products in large quantities in
India. (2016)
SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Explain any three methods of conservation of minerals resources in India. (2010)
2. Describe the broad belts of minerals in India. (2012)
3. “Conservation of minerals is more important than other resources”. Explain by giving
three arguments. (2012)
4. Give two advantages of wind energy. Mention four states of India having favourable
conditions for the development of wind-energy. (2013)
5. Give two advantages of copper‟. Mention four copper mining areas of India. (2013)
6. Give two advantages of Manganese. Mention four manganese producing states of
India. (2013)
7. Explain any three main characteristics of the mineral resources of India. (2014).
8. Explain any three characteristics of mineral resources. (2014)
9. Explain any three social and economic values which encourage us to use more and
more non-conventional sources of energy. (2014)
10. Electricity is one of the greatest inventions of all times. It is mostly generated by
using coal, natural gas, and petroleum, which are exhaustible resources. Can you
174
imagine a human society without electricity? This may happen in the future when all
energy resources will be exhausted. Explain the values that can change this possible
darkness scenario. (2015)
11. Classify mineral on the basis of chemical and physical properties. (2017)
12. “The promotion of the use of non-conventional sources of energy in India is the need
of the hour.” Support the Statement. (2016)
13. Explain the significance of bio-energy to humankind in India. (2016)
LONG TYPE QUESTIONS (5 Marks)
1. “The non-conventional sources of energy will provide more sustained, eco-friendly
and cheaper energy, if the initial cost is taken care of.” Examine the statement. (2018)
2. What is bio-energy? State four advantages of bio-energy. (2013)
3. Nuclear energy is replacing the conventional source in India. Do you think this is a
viable energy source of energy in future keeping in the view the availability of nuclear
minerals of India? (2020)
.................................................................................................................................................
Prepared by: Mr Deepankar Medhi PGT Geography (K V Rangiya)

175
Ch-9. PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
Mind Map
Gist of the chapter

Planning is the process of thinking formulation of a scheme of program and implementation of a
set of action to achieve some goal.
THERE ARE TWO APPROACHES

 Sectoral planning
 Regional planning
TARGET AREA PLANNING

 This plan take care of economical back ward areas, based on resources
 Govt. introduced the following programmes under
TARGET AREA PROGRAMMES
a. Command area Development Programme

b. Drought Prone Area Development Programme
c. Desert Development Programme
d. Hill Area Development Programme
176
TARGET GROUP PROGRAMMES:
Target groups has the following programmes such as:

 The Small Farmers Development Agency (SFDA)
 Marginal Farmers Development Agency (MFDA)
 HILL AREA DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME:
1. Started during 5th plan
2. Covered 15 district of Uttarakhand,. West Bengal, Assam & Tamil Nadu
3. National committee on the development of backward
area in 1981 recommended this programe
4. Selected the area above 600 mts.
5. Covered tribal regions
6. Objectives are: horticulture, plantation, animal husbandry,
poultry forestry small scale andvillage industries.
DROUGHT PRONE AREA DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMM:

1. Started during 4th plan
2. Objectives: employment, creating productive assets, starting
labor intensive works, irrigationprojects, land development.
Programme. Afforestation, grassland dev. Electricity, road,
market, credit facility.
3. Integrated water shed dev. Pro
4. restoration of ecological balance between water, soil, plants and animals
5. Covered 67 districts
CASE STUDY TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME:

1. Bhaurmur Tribal region located in chambray district. of HP
2. Inhabited by Gaddi tribes 3. They practice transhumance
3. Total area is 1818 sq.km 1500 to 3700 mts altitude
4. Ravi and its tributaries drain this region
5. There are 4 physiographic regions1. Holi 2. Khani 3. Kugti 4. Tundah
6. Harsh climate, low resource base, fragile environment
7. 20/sq km density
8. Most economically backward
9. Socio economic deprivation
10. Objectives: transport and communication Agriculture. Allied
activities. Socio economic.Services, education, health,
potable water, electricity
EFFECTS OF ITDP:
1. Increase literacy rate
2. Improvement in sex ratio
3. Higher female literacy
4. Reduced gender inequality
5. shift to cash crops
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT:
A Development that meets the needs of present without compromising the
177
ability of future generations to meet their needs. It takes care of
ecological, social economic, aspects of present and pleads for conservation
of resource for future.
CASE STUDY:
INDIRAGANDHI CANAL COMMAND AREA – RAJASTHAN CANAL
i. One of the largest canal system in India

ii. Started in 1948 launched on 31/3/1958
iii. started from Harike barrage in Punjab run parallel to the Pakistan border
iv. The total length is 9060 km 19.63 lakh hectare irrigation 70% flow 30%
lift system
v. Started in two stages
vi. cover Ganganagar, Hanuman Garh, Bikanir,
Jaisalmer, Barmer, Jodhpur, Nagaur,Churu Districts
vii. Left side lift system and right side flow system
viii. Stage one -1960 and stage ii 1980
ix. Objectives achieved : irrigation, pasture development,
afforestation reduce wind erosion, reduce siltation.
Development of per-capita income , increase in food
production, increasecultivated area, change in cropping
system
x. problems: siltation, water logging
STEPS TAKE TO SOLVE THE PROBLEMS
i. Strict implementation of water management policy

ii. Protective irrigation
iii. Extensive irrigation of crops and pasturelands
iv. No water intensive crops
v. lining of water courses
vi. Leveling of wara bandhi
vii. Reclamation of water logging areas 8. Afforestation, shelterbelts,
viii. Adequate financial support
Question and Answers

Q1. On which factor does the economic development of a region depends?
(A) Relief
(B) Climate
(C) Population
(D) Resources
Ans D
Q2. By Which name was the Indira Gandhi Canal earlier known as?
178
(A) Gujarat Canal
(B) Rajasthan Canal
(C) Nehru Canal
(D) Bikaner Canal
Ans B
Q3. Aim of regional planning is
(A) Develop agriculture

(B) To improve roads
(C) To reduce regional imbalance
(D) To develop industry
Ans C
Q4. In which state in Bharmaur Tribal Region situated?
(A) Uttarakhand
(B) Jammu & Kashmir
(C) Himachal Pradesh
(D) Uttar Pradesh
Ans C
Q5. Regional planning relates to:
(A) Area differences in the transportation network

(B) Development of rural areas
(C) Development of various sectors of the economy
(D) Area specific approach of development
Ans D
Q6. What WCED stands for?
(A) World Commission on Environment and Development

(B) World Centre of Environment and Development
(C) Wildlife Commission on Environment and Development
(D) World Commission for Ecological Development
Ans A
Q7. Bharmaur ITDP includes
(A) Development of infrastructure

(B) Development of transport
179
(C) Development of agriculture
(D) All of the above.
Ans D
Q8. Regional planning relates to:
(A) Development of various sectors of the economy

(B) Area-specific approach of development
(C) Area differences in the transportation network
(D) Development of rural areas.
Ans B
Q9. Who wrote „The Population Bomb‟?
(A) Ehrlich
(B) Meadows
(C) Amartya Sen
(D) None of these
Ans A
Q10. Negative
influence of Indira
Gandhi Canal
command area
includes
(A) Wind erosion

(B) Water logging
(C) Siltation
(D) Afforestation
Ans B
Q11. Sectoral planning does not include
(A) Irrigation
(B) Transport
(C) Hill area
(D) Infrastructure
180
Ans C
Q12. When did the Tenth FiveYear Plan come to an end?
(A)2005
(B) 2006
(C) 2007
(D) 2008
Ans C
Q13. Who conceived the idea of Indira Gandhi Canal?
(A) Sarvinder Singh

(B) Kanwar Sain
(C) Both A and B
(D) None of these.
Ans B
Q14. Planning includes which of the following
(A) Process of thinking

(B) Formulation of schemes or programmes
(C) Implementation of set of actions to achieve goal
(D) All of above
Ans D
Q15. Which one of the following is the most crucial factor for
sustainable development in IndiraGandhi Canal Command area?
(A) Agricultural development

(B) Eco-development
(C) Transport development
(D) Colonisation of land.
Ans B
Q16. What should be the height of an area in the hill area development
programme?
A. 500 metres
B. 600 metres
C. 700 metres
D. 800 metres
181
Ans B
Q17. What was the period of Five year Plan?
(A) 1951 – 56
(B) 1950 – 55
(C) 1947 – 52
(D) 1960 – 65
Ans A
Q18. Hill area development programme does not include.
(A) Horticulture
(B) Poultry
(C) Small scale industry
(D) Large scale Industry.
Ans D
 ASSERTION REASON TYPE QUESTIONS: (1 Marks)
The question given below consist of an assertion and a reason. Use the following key to
choose the appropriate answer.
a. Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are True and Reason (R) is the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
b. Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are True but the Reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
c. Assertion (A) is True but Reason (R) is False.
d. Assertion (A) is False but Reason (R) is True.
Q19. Assertion (A): There are appropriate management policies to avoid land degradation.
Reason (R): Indian land suffers from various kind of degradations.
Ans A.
Q20. Assertion (A): Sustainable Development pleads for the conversation of resources to
enable the future generations to use these resources.
Reason (R): It takes into account the development of the whole Human-Kind which has
common future.
Ans A.
Question Answers: (3 Marks)
Q21. Which programes are given in priority for development of Bharmaur Region?
Ans: The programs that are given priority for the development of Bharmaur Region were:
182
i. Transport
ii. Communication
iii. Agriculture allied activities
iv. Social Community Services
Q22.Give examples of programmes directed towards the development of target area in the
country.
Ans:The economic development also requires technology as well as investment besides the
resource. With the planning experience of about one and half decades, it was realized that
regional imbalances in economic development were getting accentuated. In order to arrest
the accentuation of regional and social disparties, the Planning Commission introduced
the „target area‟ and target group approaches to planning. Few examples of target group
programme are Command area Development Programme, Drought-prone Area
Development Programme, Desert Development Programme, Hill Area Development
Programme and The Small Farmers Development Agency (SFDA) and Marginal Farmers
Development Agency (MFDA)
Q23. What do you mean by sectoral planning?
Ans: The sectoral planning means formulation and implementation of the sets of schemes or
programmes aimed at development of various sectors of the economy such as agriculture,
irrigation, manufacturing, power, construction, transport, communication, social
infrastructure and services. It is concerned with linear planning and certain infrastructural
facilities in various sectors in the economy in particular and in the Society in general.
QUESTION AND ANSWERS (5 Marks)
Q24. What changes have been brought in western Rajasthan due to the
Indira Gandhi Canal? Command area Development Programme?
ANS-
1. The Command area Development Programme is an integrated area

development approach towards the command areas of major and
medium irrigation projects in the country.
2. Aimed at bridging the gap between created irrigation potential and its utilisation.
3. Agricultural development.- Agriculture is possible in fertile areas.

Irrigation will help in cultivation of wheat, sugarcane, etc. It will
overcome problem of famines.
4. Farm development includes surveying and planning water course
183
lining, land levelling, shapingand reclaimation of degraded lands.
5. Industrial development. About 1200 cusecs water will be supplied to agro-based

industries.
6. Irrigation. On its completion, the canal will be able to irrigate 14 Lakh hectares of
land.
7. Implementation of this programme has helped in bringing the land

under irrigation rapidly, increase in water-use efficiency, agricultural
production and productivity.
Q25. Suggest the measures of promotion of sustainability in Indira Gandhi

Canal Command area.
ANS:
1. There is an urgent need to strictly implement the water management policy.
2. Water intensive crops should be avoided and instead plantation
crops such as Citrus fruits should be encouraged.
3. The Command area Development programmes such as lining of
water courses, land development, and levelling and warabandi
system (equal distribution of canal water in the command area of
outlet) shall be effectively implemented to reduce the conveyance
loss of water.
4. Efforts should be made to reclaim areas affected by water logging and soil salinity.
5. Afforestation, shelter belt plantation and pasture development are
necessary for eco- development.
6. For achieving social sustainability, land allotted with poor
economic background should be given sufficient financial and
institutional support so that they can cultivate their land in a proper
way.
7. Other sectors of economy, in addition to agriculture, animal
husbandry and allied activities, should be encouraged for attaining
economic sustainability.
184
Q26. What is target area planning? Why It is necessary in India? Give any four examples of
target area planning in India.
Ans: Target area planning means making schemes for the development of backward regions
of India. This type of planning is necessary in India because regional imbalances in
economic development are getting serious.
Examples of target area planning area:
1. Command area Development Programme

2. Drought Prone Area Development Programme
3. Desert Development Programme
4. Hill area Development Programme
Q27.What is the positive and negative influence of Indira Gandhi Canal Irrigation on the
ecology, economy and society of Rajasthan?
Ans: The introduction of Indira Gandhi Canal irrigation in this dry land of Rajasthan has
transformed its ecology, economy, and society.
Positive influences:
i. The availability of soil moisture and various afforestation and pasture

development programs have resulted in greening the land.
The spread of canal irrigation has led to an increase in cultivated area andintensity of cropping.
ii. This has also helped in reducing wind erosion and siltation of canal systems.
iii. The traditional crops are sown in the area, gram, bajra, jowar have been
replaced by wheat, cotton, groundnut& rice.
Negative influences:
iv. The intensive irrigation and excessive use of water have led to the emergence
of environmental problems of waterlogging and soil salinity.
v. In the long run, it hampers the sustainability of agriculture.
Q28. Hill Area Development Programmes in India were drawn keeping in view their
topographical ecological, social and economic conditions. Support this statement with
suitable explanation.
Ans: The "Hill Area Development Programmes" in India was launched by the Planning
Commission and was drawn keeping in view their topographical, ecological, social
and economic conditions in the following ways:
i. The development programme for "HADP" in areas like Assam is a comprehensive

one, covering areas such as land reclamation, checking soil erosion, scientific water
management, flood control afforestation, rehabilitation of shifting cultivators and
development of minor irrigation.
ii. The "HADP" also aims to generate employment through allied activities
(horticulture, fishing and animal husbandry etc.)
iii. The infrastructural development is also of the main objectives-like transport,
education, electricity and agricultural inputs.
iv. Review of the forest, exercise policies and improvement as well as conservation, of
environment
185
Q29.SOURCE BASED QUESTION – (3 Marks)
Indira Gandhi Canal, previously known as the Rajasthan Canal, is one

of the largest canal systemsin India. Conceived by Kanwar Sain in
1948, the canal project was launched on 31 March, 1958.The canal
originates at Harike barrage in Punjab and runs parallel to Pakistan
border at an averagedistance of 40 km in Thar Desert (Marusthali) of
Rajasthan. The total planned length of the systemis 9,060 km catering
to the irrigation needs of a total culturable command area of 19.63
lakh hectares. Out of the total command area, about 70 per cent was
envisaged to be irrigated by flowsystem and the rest by lift system.
The construction work of the canal system has been carried outthrough
two stages. The command area of Stage-I lies in Ganganagar,
Hanumangarh and northernpart of Bikaner districts. It has a gently
undulating topography and its culturable command area is 5.53 lakh
hectares. The command area of Stage-II is spread over Bikaner,
Jaisalmer, Barmer, Jodhpur, Nagaur and Churu districts covering
culturable command area of 14.10 lakh ha. It comprises desert land
dotted with shifting sand dunes and temperature soaring to 50ºC in
summers. In the lift canal, the water is lifted up to make it to flow
against the slope of the land. All the lift canalsof Indira Gandhi Canal
system originate at the left bank of main canal while all the canals on
theright bank of main canal are flow channels. Irrigation in Stage-I
command area of the canal was introduced in early 1960s, whereas,
the command area of Stage-II began receiving irrigation in mid-
1980s. The introduction of canal irrigation in this dry land has
transformed its ecology, economy and society. It has influenced the
environmental conditions of the region both positively as well as
negatively. The availability of soil moisture for a longer period of time
and various afforestation and pasture development programmes under
CAD have resulted in greening the land. This has also helped in
reducing wind erosion and siltation of canal systems. But the intensive
irrigation and excessive use of water has led to the emergence of twin
environmental problems of waterlogging and soil salinity.
i) Which one of these is not an advantage of CAD.

(A) Reduces wind erosion
(B) Reduces siltation
(C) Reduces soil moisture
(D) All of the above
ANS – (C)
ii) When was Indira Gandhi canal launched?

(A) 30 March, 1968
(B) 31 March, 1958
(C) 31 March, 1957
(D) None of the above
ANS- (C)
iii) What do you mean by lift canal?

186
ANS - In lift canal, water is lifted up to make it to flow against the
slope of the land with the use ofpumps or surge pools.
Q30. Study the map given below and answer the questions. (5
Marks)
1. What is the origin of Indra Gandhi canal ?

Ans- Harik Barrage
2. Name any four districts that are benefited by the command area of the canal
in Stage I and Stage II?
Ans: Stage I- Ganganagar, Hanumangarh, North Bikaner, Jaisalmer district
Stage II-Bikaner , Jaisalmer, Barmer, Jodhpur, Nagaur & Churu district.
3. What is the difference between „Under flow‟ & „Under Lift‟ system of
irrigation?
Ans: The canal has two irrigation system such as Flow system and Lift system.
Around 70% land of the command area is irrigate by flow system and rest
30% land by Lift system. All the Lift system are coming from the left bank
of main canal while on the right bank of main canal are Flow system.
QUESTION BANK
 1 Marks Questions:
Q1. Examine the twin environmental problems that have emerged in the „Indira Gandhi Canal
Command Area‟. (All India 2017)
Q2. What is „sectoral planning‟? (Delhi 2013)
Q3. How has the Gaddi tribal community of Bharmaur region maintained a distinct identity?
(All India 2013)
Q4. What is the main objective to implement the Fourth Five Year Plan for the people in
drought-prone areas? (Delhi 2009)
Q5. In which Five-Year Plan of India were Hill Area Development Programmes initiated?
(All India 2009)
187
Q6. Explain the main aims of Bharmaur Tribal Area Development plan. (Delhi 2014)
Q7. How has the introduction of Indira Gandhi canal irrigation in the drylands of Rajasthan
influenced the environmental conditions of the region positively? Explain in any three
points. (HOTS; All India 2012)
Q8. Write in brief about the physical setting of Bharmaur region. (Delhi 2008)
Q9. Development is a multi-dimensional concept and signifies the positive, irreversible
transformation of the economy, society and environment. Support the statement with
suitable arguments from India. (HOTS; Delhi 2010)
Q10. “Hill Area Development Programmes in India were drawn keeping in view their
topographical ecological, social and economic conditions”. Support this statement with
a suitable explanation. (HOTS; All India 2010)
Q11. Explain any five measures necessary for the promotion of sustainable development in
„Indira Gandhi Canal Command Area‟. (All India 2009)
OR
Describe any five measures needed for the promotion of sustainable development in the
„Indira Gandhi Canal Command Area‟. (Delhi 2008)
Q12. Describe five main points of the integrated tribal development project implemented in
Bharmaur region. (All India 2008)
Q13. Give a brief account of the two stages of the Indira Gandhi Canal Project. (All India
2008)
Q14. How would you define ecological, social and economic sustainabilities? Explain in
brief. (All Indio 2008)
Q15. Suppose you have given the power to modify the planning process. How would you use
this power wisely and what would be your plan? Explain with reason.(HOTS All India
2008)
Q16. Explain in brief the meaning and purpose of Target Area Programme with suitable
examples from India. (All India 2008)
 Value Based Questions:
Q17. Hill Area Development Programmes in India were drawn keeping in view their
topographical, ecological, social and economic conditions.” Give the values which
lead to the development of the hill area.
Q18. “Development is a multi-dimensional corrupt and signifies the pasties, irreversible

transformation of the economy, society and environment.” Which value lead to
development?
Prepared By: SHIOJEE PRASAD

(K.V ONGC SIVSAGAR)
188
CHAPTER 10: Transport And Communication
Mind Map
GIST OF THE LESSON

LAND TRANSPORT
ROAD TRANSPORT
 Total road length is 56 lakh km (morth.nic.in, Annual Report 2017-18).
 85% passengers, and 70% of freight is carried by roads

 Shahi road connect Indus valley to Sonar valley
 It is renamed as Grad Tank (GT) road.
 At present it connects Amritsar to Kolkata.
CLASSIFICATION OF ROADS
NATIONAL HIGHWAYS
1. Constructed and maintained central government/NHAI

2. Meant for interstate transport.
189
3. Movement of defense men and material.
4. Connect state capitals.
5. Total length 101011 km in2017-18.
6. Accounts 2% of total road length.
7. Carry 40% of road traffic.
 Golden quadrilateral-5846 km long, 4/6/lane, high density traffic, connect metro cities, time distance
and cost distance decreased.
 North-South corridor connect Srinagar to Kanyakumari (4076 km)
 East West corridor connect Porbandar to Silchar (3640 km)
STATE HIGH WAYS
1. Constructed and maintained by state PWD

2. Connect state capitals with Dist. Hqs.
3. Account for 4% of road length
DISTRICTROADS
 Connect Dist. HQ with other towns.

 Account for 14% of road length.
RURAL ROADS
 Connect rural areas.

 Accounts 80% of road length
 Regional variation in road density
 Influenced by terrain and climate
OTHER ROADS
BORDER ROADS AND INTERNATIONAL HIGHWAYS
 BRO was established in 1960.

 Helps to develop economy.
 Strengthen the defense.
 Improvements in connecting the strategic points.
 It is a premier multifaceted construction agency.
 Highest road way connects Manali –Leh with 4270 mts. Altitude.
 Maintain harmonious relation with neighboring countries.
 Highest road density is 387.24 100sq. km in Kerala lowest road density is 10.48/100sq km in J&K.I
is high in northern plains and low in mountain Areas.
190
FACTORS INFLUENCING ROAD WAYS
 Terrain
 Climate,
 Economic development.
 .Industries
 Cities and towns
RAILWAYS
 The first railway line started in 1853 between Bombay and thane.
 It is the largest govt. Sector with the length of 6030 km.
 It is divided into l6zones.
1. Northern-New Delhi 2. North Eastern Gorakhpur 3. NE Frontier - Maligaon

4. N.WesternJaipur, 5.N.Central- Allahabad 6.Western Church Gate Mumbai 7.W.
Central- Jabulpur 8. CentralCST Mumbi 9. E.Central-Hajipur 10. Eastern-Kol 11.
S.Westcrn-Hubli 12. S.ContralSccundcrabad 13. SECentral-Bilaspur I4.South
Eastern-Kolkota l5.Southern- Chennai 16. East Coast-Bhubaneshwar
RAILWAY GAUGES (in March 2016):
Broad gauge: 1.676 m.

Meter gauge: 1m
Narrow gauge: 0.762-0.610 m
RECENTDEVELOPMENTS IN RAILWAYS
 Conversion of meter and narrow gauges into broad gauge

 Steam engines are replaced by diesel and electrical engines.
 Introduction of metro railways
 Use of CNG
 Introduction of internet
 Computerization of reservation
WATER TRANSPORT ADVANTAGES
 Cheapest means of transport

 Least consumption of energy
 .Suitable for heavy bulky goods
 No friction
 Eco friendly
FACTS ABOUT WATER TRANSPORT
191
 There are two types of Inland water ways
 Cheapest mode of transport
 Competition from road ways and railways
 Water diversion from the rivers cause less navigable.
 Total 14500 km of navigable waterways
 Account 1% of transport
 It consists of rivers, canals, backwaters cracks
 S685 km of navigable rivers are available
 2000 km actually used
 Canals arc controlled by inland water way authority
 There are five inland waterways in India with 10 more to be upgraded.
OCEAN ROUTES
 India has coastline about 7517 km there are 12 major ports and 185 minor ports
 95 % of India foreign trade and 70 % of value in trade takes place through sea ways
AIR TRANSPORT
ADVANTAGES
 Fastest means of transport

 Connect remote areas
 no need to maintain routes and construct
 Suitable for emergency times
 All continents are connected by air ways
 Suitable for difficult terrain
 Reduce travel time
 Maintained by airport authority
 It maintains 126 minor airports 11 international air ports and 86 domestic airports
 29 civil defense enclaves in defense service also maintained by the authority.
 Air India :provide international air services, Connects all continents
 Delhi and Mumbai airports accounts for S52% of air service Indian airlines connect
 Air India Pawan Hans helicopter services serves in north eastern states
PIPELINES
ADVANTAGES
 Most convenient and efficient mode of transporting liquid sand gases overlong distance
 Least consumption of energy
 Suitable for mountain areas and sea bottom
 Asia's cross country pipe line is constructed between Naharkatia oil field and Barauni oil refinery
 With the length of 1157 km, it was extended upto Kanpur in 1966
 Other pipeline Ankaleswar to Koyali , Mumbai High to Koyali , Hazira-VijaipurJagdishpur
192
 Salaiya to Mathura- 1256km
 Numaligarh to Siliguri 660kn
COMMUNICATION
It is divided into:-
 Personal- Mobile, internet

 Mass- Radio, T.V
1. Personal communication has become most important. At present user can contact with the customer
directly fastest means of communication revolution came into world through internet.
2. Mass communication consists of radio, TV and satellite communication. Satellite communication is
the recent development most useful at the time of emergency. When all other communications are
failed it is the only communication which can be used.
IMPORTANT QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Which Stations are joined by N-S Corridor?
Ans: Srinagar-kanniyakumari.
2. When was the 1st Railway run in India?
Ans: 1853
3. Which tours are joined by NH-1?
Ans: Delhi-Amritsar
4. What is the length of Broad Gauge Railway?
Ans: 1.6 m
5. When was the 1st Pipeline Constructed in India?
Ans: 1959
6. What is the length of Golden Quadrilateral highway?
Ans: 5,846 km
7. Expand PSLV.
Ans: Polar Satellite launch Vehicle.
8. Name the stretch of National Waterways No.1?
Ans: Allahabad_Haldia.
9. What means of transport is more suitable for long distance in NE Region?
Ans: Pawan Hans Helicopters.
10. What is the Total length of Roads in India?
Ans: 42 lakh kms.
11. Name the Stretch of National waterways no.3?
Ans: kottapuram – kollam.
193
1. Disadvantages of Road Transport.
Ans: i) Road Transport is Costly

ii) It Results in air pollution
iii) Heavy Goods cannot be taken to long distance.
iv) Road Transportation is more accident Prone.
2. Name the different types of railways in India
Ans: Indian Railways System is the Main artery of the country‟s inland transport. It has a route length of
63221 km.
Indian Railways comprise of three gauges:
Board Gauge (1.616m)
Metre Gauge(1.00m)
Narrow gauge(0.762 and 0.610m)
Broad gauge railway lines are constructed in plains while narrow gauge railway lines are constructed in
hilly areas.
3. ”Transport and Communication are the necessary infrastructure for the economic development of a
country. “ Explain.
Ans:
 A good network of roads, Railways, waterways and airways are the lifeline of a country.
 The agricultural and economic development of a country depends upon efficient transport system.
 The development of means of transport is essentials for the utilization of natural resources. It
maintains the movement of men and good in different parts of the country.
4. Where does India rank in the world in context to roadways? Describe the major national highways.
Ans: The road network in India is one of the largest in the world. The road length of India is around 42 lakh
kms.
Major national highways are
1) Sher Shah Suri marg now known as NH1 and NH2
2) Agra and Mumbai via Gwalior, Indore and Noida
3) NH7-longest one links Varanasi with Kanyakumari via Jabalpur
5. What do you know about Konkan railway?

Ans: 1) One of the important achievements of Indian Railways has been constructed in 1998.
2) 760 km long rail route connecting Maharashtra to Mangalore in Karnataka.
3) Asia‟s longest tunnel which is nearly 6.5 km long, also lies in this route.
6. Which is the most effective and advanced personal communication system in India? Explain any three
characteristics of it.
Ans: Internet is the most effective and advanced personal communication system in India.
Characteristics:
1) It connects the user through e-mail with the world
2) It is widely used in urban areas
3) It is a storehouse of detailed date.
194
7. Classify satellite system of India into two groups on the basis of configuration and purposes. Explain the
main feature of each group.
Ans: The two groups are as follows:
a) Indian National Satellite System (INSAT): It is a multipurpose used for telecommunication,
meteorological observation etc.
b) India Remote Sensing Satellite System (IRS): The IRS system collects data in several sectoral
banks for natural resources.
8. Distinguish between personal and mass communication.

Ans: Personal communication
1) It is the means of delivering messages between individuals or small groups.
2) Messages are carried between the sender and the receiver both ways.
3) These means of communication include post card, letter, telegram, etc.
Mass Communication
1) These are the means of delivering messages from an individual or group to a large
audience.
2) Messages are delivered from a sender to a large audience usually one way.
3) These means of communication include newspapers, magazines and other periodicals
and electronic media like radio, television, etc.
LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (5 MARKS)
1) Name some major oil and gas pipelines of India.
Ans:1) Naharkutia Barauni pipeline: Asia‟s first cross country pipeline covering a distance of 1157 km
was constructed by OIL.
2) Jamnagar- Leni LPG pipeline: This 1269 km long pipeline was constructed by GAIL. This is the
longest LPG pipeline.
3) Angkleshwar- Koyali pipeline: This pipeline was completed in 1965. It transports crude oil from
Ankleshwar oilfield to Koyali refinery.
4) Salaya- Koyali- Mathura pipeline: This is 1252 km long which supplies crude oil to refineries at
Koyali and Mathura.
5) HBJ gas pipeline: Hajra- Bijapur- Jagdishpur gas pipeline has been constructed Gas Authority
(GAIL) to transport gas.
2. The railway network in the north Indian Plain is dense. Why?

Ans:
A dense network of railways is developed in the north Indian plains. About 50% of the total length of
railways in India is found in northern India. The northern railways is the largest railway with a length of
10977 kms. Many physical and economic factors are responsible for it.
a) Northern plain is a level plain with low altitude which is best suited for the construction of railways.
b) Due to dense population, big towns have developed which has led to high density of railway.
c) The intensive development of agriculture and industries has promoted the construction of railway
lines.
d) It is essential to connect Mumbai and Kolkata with their hinterlands or northern plain.
195
3. Explain with five suitable examples how the level of economic development and nature of terrain affect
the density of roads in India.
Ans:
The distribution of roads is not uniform in the country. The level of economic development and nature of
terrain are the main determinants of density of roads.
A) Construction of roads is very easy and cheaper in plain area.
B) Quality of roads is better in plains as compared to roads in high altitude areas.
C) The density of road is 10.48 km in Jammu and Kashmir (including Ladakh) whereas it is 387.24 km
in Kerala (a plain area).
The density of roads is high in northern states due to high level
Question Bank
VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS (1 MARK)
1. Which road plan was introduced to improve the conditions of roads in India after Independence?
2. Why were all forms of transport referred to as lines of communications?

3. Why is the destiny of rural roads very low in the hilly area of India? Give one reason.
4. Mention the two principle modes of transportation other than land transportation.
5. Why is there a regional variation in the density of rural roads in India?
6. Name the terminal stations of „North-South corridor‟ of India.
7. Why Sher Shah Suri did build the Shahi (Royal) Road?
8. Explain any two Characteristics of water Transport in India.
9. How does Economic development influence the road density in India?
10. Evaluate the utility of „Golden Quadrilateral‟.
11. What is „Golden Quadrilateral‟? Give one advantage of it.
12. Mention the major Function of Border Road Organization.
13. What is the major function of the NHAI?
14. Why is there a Great Variation in „Road Density‟ in India? Explain any three reasons with examples.
15. “Construction of Konkan Railway is one of the Important Achievements of the Indian Railways.”
Support the Statement.
16. “In India, satellite communication is playing an important role in different ways.” Support the
Statement.
LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (5MARKS
17. “Transportation plays a very important role in linking the various part of India and brings unity in
diversity.” Support the statement with examples.
18. “The distribution of roads is not uniform in India.” Support this statement with suitable arguments.
196
19. Explain with example any five steps taken to increase the performance and Quality of Indian
Railways.
20. Explain the Importance and achievements of Indian rail networks.
21. “Satellite communications is playing an important role in several ways.” Support the statement with
suitable examples.
22. Explain with example, how Indian Railways contributed to the growth of Indian economy.
197
BOOK – II INDIAN: PEOPLE AND ECONOMIC
Ch-11 INTERNATIONAL TRADE
DIRECTION OF
TREDE
Asia and ASENA 33.3 to
Mind Map
5.3%
Europe and America 42.5
to 30.8% PORTS SNATCHED BY PARTITION
MAJOR TRADING KARACHI
CHITTAGONG MUMBAI PORT
PARTNERS
PORT TO COMPENSATE LOSS BIGGEST PORT
USA , CHINA , UAE
KANDLA
DIAMOND HARBOUR KANDLA PORT
MEASURES TO
DOUBLE TRADE
SEAPORTS JAWAHARLAL NEHRU
PORT
IMPORT
LARGEST CONTAINER
LIBERALISATION MARMAGAO PORT
PORT
REDUCTION IN
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ZUARI ESTUARY
IMPORT DUTIES
DE LICENSING
CHANGE FROM NEW MANGALORE
PROCESS TO AIRPORTS IRON ORE EXPORT
PRODUCT
 AHMEDABED
KOCHI PORT
 BENGALURU
IMPORTS QUEEN OF ARABIAN
INCREASE  CHENNAI
SEA
PETROLEUM ,  DELHI
CAPTIAL GOODS  GOA KOLKATA PORT
RIVERINE PORT INLAND
DECREASE  HYDERABAD
PORT
FOOD AND ALLIED  KOCHI
PRODUCTS
 KOLKATA HALDIA PORT
 MUMBAI
EXPORTS
 JAIPUR
INCREASE PARADWIP PORT
FLORICULTURAL  CALICUT
DEEPEST HARBOUR
,MARINE PRODUCTS ,  SRINAGAR
FRESH FRUITS Etc  CALICUT
DECREASE  MANGALURU VISHAKHAPATNAM
AGRICULTURE AND LAND LOCKED
 HUBANESHWAR
ALLIED PRODUCTS HARBOUR
 INDORE
CONSTANT CHENNAI PORT
ORE MINERALS ,  PATNA
OLDEST PORT
MANUFACTURED  198
GUWAHATI
GOODS  TRIVANDRUM
TUTICORIN
GIST OF THE LESSON
India’s contribution to world trade-less than 1%
Changing pattern of India’s international trade

1950-51- external trade worth-1214 crore
2016-17- external trade worth 4429762 crore.
Reasons for increase in trade
1. Better performance by manufacturing sector
2. Liberal policies of the government
3. Diversification of market
Import value more than export value- so trade deficit Reason- price rise of crude petroleum
Changing pattern of the composition of India’s export:-
 Share of agriculture and allied products[coffee, tea, pulses and spices] has
declined[tough international competition]
 Share of petroleum and crude products have increased [1. Rise in petroleum
prices Increase in India’s refining capacity]
 Shares of ore minerals and manufactured goods have largely remained
constant over the years
 Increase registered in floricultural products, fresh fruits, marine products,
sugar
 Manufacturing sector alone accounted for 73.6% of India’s total value of
export in 2016-17
 Engineering goods have shown a significant growth
 Textile sector could not achieve much in spite of liberal measures taken by
government[competition from china, east Asian countries]
 Gems and jewellry contributes a larger share of India’s foreign trade.
Changing pattern of the composition of India’s import:-
 During 1950’s and 60’s major item of import was food grains, capital goods,
machinery and equipment
 After 1970’s import of food grain discontinued[success of green revolution]
and was replaced by fertilizers and petroleum
 Major imports- machine and equipment, special steel, edible oil, chemicals.
 Steep rise in import of petroleum products
[1. Rising industrialization 2. Better standard of living 3. Price rise in
international market]
 Import of capital goods maintained a steady increase[non electric machinery,
transport equipment, manufacturers of metals and machine tools]
199
 Other major items of India’s import-pearls, semi precious stones, gold, silver,
metalliferous ores, metal scarp, non ferrous metals, electronic goods
Direction of trade:-
India has trade relations with most of the countries and trading blocs
Aims to double its share in international trade in next 5 years-measures taken
 Import liberalization
 Reduction in import duties
 Delicensing
 Change from process to product patent
Most of the trade occurs through sea and air routes.

Small portion of tread by land route (Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh)
MAJOR PORTS:-
West coast:-
1. Kandla[Gujarat]
* Reduce pressure at Mumbai
* Designed to receive petroleum and petroleum products,
2. Mumbai[Maharashtra]
* Biggest port
* Largest oil terminal
3. Jawaharlal Nehru port[Maharashtra]
* Satellite port for Mumbai
* Largest container port in India
4. Marmagoa[Goa]
* Situated at Zuari estuary
* Iron ore export to Japan
5. New Mangalore[Karnataka]
* Export of iron ore, iron concentrate
6. Kochi[Kerala]
* Situated at head of Vembanad kayal
* Queen of Arabian sea
East coast:-
7. Kolkata port [west Bengal]

* Located on Hugli river[128km inland]
* Problem of silt accumulation in Hugli river
Port facility for land locked countries of Nepal and Bhutan
200
8. Haldia [west Bengal]
* Reduce congestion at Kolkata
9. Paradwip [Orissa]
* Deepest harbor
* Suitable to handle very large vessels
* Export iron ore
10. Vishakhapatnam [Andhra Pradesh]
* Land locked harbor
* Connected to sea by a channel
11. Chennai [Tamil Nadu]
* Oldest port
* Shallow waters-not suitable for large vessels
12. Tuticorin [Tamil Nadu]
* Relieve Chennai’s pressure Ennore [Tamil Nadu]
* 25 km north of Chennai
Airports:-
25- International airports.
1. Ahmedabad
2. Bangalore (Kmpegowda International Airport Karnataka )
3. Chennai ( Madras Meenambakkam International Airport )
4. Delhi (Indira Gandhi International Airport )
5. Goa
6. Guwahati (Lokpriya Gopinath Bordoloi International Airport )
7. Hyderabad
8. Kolkata(Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose International Airport )
9. Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj International Airport )
10. Thiruvananthapuram
11. Srinagar
12. Jaipur
13. Calicut
14. Nagpur
15. Coimbatore
16. Cochin
17. Lucknow
18. Pune
19. Chandigarh
20. Mangaluru (Kempegowda International Airport)
21. Vishakhapatnam
22. Indore
23. Patna
24. Bhubaneshwar
25. Kannur
201
Questions With Answers
MCQs -
1. There has been a significant rise in India's International trade. This is due to
A. Rapid growth in manufacturing sector
B. Liberal policies of the government
C. Diversification of markets
D. All of the above
Ans. D All of the above
2. Which of the following sector has seen a decline in the composition of exports of India in
the last decade?
A. Manufactured goods
B. Petroleum products
C. Agriculture and Allied products
D. Minerals ores
Ans. C Agriculture and Allied products
3. Which of the following port is situated at the entrance of the Zuari estuary?
A. Mumbai port
B. Chennai port
C. Haldia port
D. Marmagao port
Ans. D Marmagao port
4. Which of the following is an inland port?

A. Kochchi port
B. Haldia port
C. Ennore port
D. Kolkata port
Ans. D Kolkata port
5. Kolkata port has lost its significance an account of the diversion exports to which port?
A. Visakhapatnam
B. Haldia port
C. Paradwip port
D. All of these
Ans. D All of these
6. Which of these is an artificial port /harbour?

A. Mumbai port
B. Chennai port
C. Kochchi port
202
D. Marmagao port
Ans. B Chennai port
7. Which of the following is the hinterland of Kolkata port?

A. Sikkim
B. West Bengal
C. Uttar Pradesh
D. All of these
Ans. D All of these
8. Paradwip port is located in the delta of which of these rivers?

A. Godavari
B. Krishna
C. Ganga
D. Mahanadi
Ans. D Mahanadi
9. Which of the following is true in the context of International trade of India?

1. There has been an increase in volume of imports and exports over the years.
2. The value of imports are higher than the value of exports.
Codes
A. Only 1
B. Both 1 and 2
C. Only 2
D. None of these
Ans. B. Both 1 and 2
10. Which of these products and commodities constitute the export basket of India?
1. Manufactured goods
2. Crude and petroleum products
3. Ores and minerals
Codes
A. 1 and 2
B. 1, 2 and 3
C. 1 and 3
D. 2 and 3
Ans. B 1, 2 and 3
11. Which of these commodities constitute the imports of India from other countries?
1. Machines and equipments
2. Edible oil
3. Fertilizers
203
4. Iron and steel
Codes
A. 1, 2 and 3
B. 2, 3 and 4
C. 1, 2, 3 and 4
D. 1, 2 and 4
Ans. C 1, 2, 3 and 4
12. Which of the following is a satellite port of Chennai port ?

A. Tuticorin port
B. Kolkata port
C. Haldia port
D. Paradwip port
Ans. A Tuticorin port
13. Which of the following ports is not located the East coast of India?
A. Kolkata port
B. Tuticorin port
C. Mangaluru port
D. Paradwip port
Ans. C Mangaluru port
14. Which of the following is not an international airport of India?

A. Bhopal
B. Bengaluru
C. Chennai
D. Nagpur
Ans. A Bhopal
15. Which of the following ports have been arranged correctly from North to South?
A. Kolkata, Paradwip, Visakhapatnam, Chennai
B. Chennai, Kolkata, Paradwip, Visakhapatnam
C. Kolkata, Chennai, Paradwip, Visakhapatnam
D. Chennai, Paradwip, Visakhapatnam, Kolkata
Ans. A Kolkata, Paradwip, Visakhapatnam, Chennai
SOURCE BASED QUESTION:-
204
1. The share of which of the following L commodity has declined over the past decades in
India's exports?
A. Petroleum products
B. Manufactured goods
C. Agricultural products
D. Consumer goods
Ans. C Agricultural products
2. The difference between exports and imports of a country is known as

A. Balance of Payment
B. Balance of Trade
C. Composition of Trade
D. Terms of Trade
Ans. B Balance of Trade
3. Which of the following sector accounted for the largest share of Exports from India?
A. Service sector
B. Agricultural sector
C. Manufacturing sector
D. Marine sector
Ans. C Manufacturing sector
205
4. What was the most important commodity of India's import during the 1950s and 1960s?
A. Petroleum
B. Foods grains
C. Gems and jewellery
D. Automobiles
Ans. B Foods grains
SHORT TYPE QUESTION:-
1. What is ‘Hinterland’ (Umland)?

Ans- HINTERLAND- The area away from the coast near port ,from where products are
delivered to the port for shipping .
2. What is the difference between Port and Harbour?

Ans- PORT- The man-made coastal area where loading and unloading of cargo is done.
HARBOUR – It is the protected place on the coast where ships can take a safe shelter.
3. Why is international trade necessary?

Ans: The international trade is necessary due to following reasons:-
 International trade is beneficial as no country is self-sufficient. It bridges the gap
between surplus regions and deficit regions through export and imports.
 Countries need to trade to obtain commodities, they cannot produce themselves or
they can purchase elsewhere at a lower price.
 It helps countries in maintaining the specialisation in the production of goods and
services.
4. Explain the causes behind increase in foreign trade in India.

Ans: The various reasons for increase in foreign trade in India are:-
 The momentum picked up by the manufacturing sectors.
 The liberal policies of the government.
 The diversification of markets.
5. What factors are responsible for change in nature of international trade?

Ans: There has been an increase in the total volume of import & export, but the value of
import remained higher.
 The share of agriculture and allied products has declined while that of petroleum
has increased.
 The increase in deficit is attributed to the price rise of crude petroleum which
forms a major component of India’s import list.
6. Explain the hinterland of Kolkata port.

Ans:
206
 Hinterland is the influence area which is closely connected to the port with roads
and railways. The products of this area are sent to the port for export and imported
material is distributed here for sale and consumption.
 Its hinterland covers U.P., Bihar, Jharkhand, West Bengal, Sikkim and the north-
eastern states. Apart from this, it also extends ports facilities to our neighbouring
land-locked countries such as Nepal and Bhutan.
7. Explain the features of Kandla Port.
Ans.
 Kandla Port situated at the head of Gulf of Kuchchh has been developed as a major
port to cater to the needs of western and north western parts of the country and
also to reduce the pressure at Mumbai port.
 The port is specially designed to receive large quantities of petroleum and
petroleum products and fertiliser.
 The offshore terminal at Vadinar has been developed to reduce the pressure at
Kandla port.
 Demarcation of the boundary of the hinterland would be difficult as it is not fixed
over space. In most of the cases, hinterland of one port may overlap with that of
the other. It covers the western and north western states.
LONG QUESTION:-
1. Describe the changes in composition of India’s imports.

Ans.
 During 1950-60s the major items of imports were foodgrain because India at that
time faced food crisis.
 After 1970s import of food grains stop due to Green Revolution. and food grains
were replaced by fertilisers and petroleum.
 Petroleum is the largest imported commodity because it is used as a fuel as well
as industrial raw material.
 The capital goods like non-electrical machinery, transport equipment, machines
and tools have increased on the import list.
 Special steel alloy, edible oils are also imported.
2. What are the advantages of sea port? Why are they termed as gateways of International
trade?
 Ans19. India is surrounded by sea from three sides and is bestowed with a long
coastline.
 Water provides a smooth surface for very cheap transport provided there is no
turbulence.
 Waterways are the cheapest means of transport for heavy and bulky goods and it
is more favoured for international trading.
 Indented coastline is suitable for ports.
 Opening of Suez Canal also promotes encouraged seaports along the west coast
207
3. Describe the changes in composition of India’s exports.
Ans: Composition of export of India:
 The percentage share of the agriculture and allied products have declined. There is a
decline in the exports of traditional items such as coffee, spices, tea, pulses, etc.
 The share of petroleum and crude products has increased.
 The share of ore & minerals and have largely remained constant over the years from
2009-10 to 2010-11 and 2015-16 to 206-17.
 Manufacturing goods are the largest exporting commodities in the year 2016-17
(73.6%).
 China and other East Asian countries are our major competitors. Gems and
jewellery contributes a larger share of India’s foreign trade.
QUESTION BANK
1. State the major problem being faced by Kolkata seaport ? (CBSE 2018)
2. ‘Ports are the Gateway to International trade. Discuss. (CBSE 2014)
3. Which one of the following is India’s largest trading partner ? (CBSE 2014)
4. Name the oldest artificial sea port of India? (CBSE 2009)
5. Which one of the Indian sea ports provides facilities to the land locked neighbouring
countries? Name any one such country? (CBSE 2009)
6. Describe in brief any three measures that have been adopted by India to increase its share
in the International Trade? (CBSE 2009)
7. Name the first major sea port developed after Independence? (CBSE 2011,2014)
8. What is the meaning of the term Hinterland? (CBSE 2013)
9. Name the sea port which was constructed to reduce the congestion at the Kolkata port?
(CBSE 2014)
10. Compare Mumbai and Kolkata sea port on the basis of location, Hinterland and their
significance in the world trade? (Delhi 2015)
Prepared By: MR HARI LAKHAN GURJAR, PGT Geography ( KV NO- 01 TEZPUR)
208
Unit V
Chapter-12
GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVE ON
SELECTED ISSUES AND PROBLEMS
Mind Map
209
GIST OF THE CHAPTER
Environmental pollution
Environmental pollution results from ‗the release of substances and energy from waste products
of human activities. There are many types of pollution. They are classified on the basis of
medium through which pollutants are transported and diffused.
Pollution can be classified into the following:
Water pollution
 Indiscriminate use of water by increasing population and industrial expansion has led
degradation of the quality of water considerably.
 Surface water available from rivers, canals, lakes, etc., is never pure.
 It contains small quantities of suspended particles, organic and inorganic substances.
 When concentration of these substances increases, the water becomes polluted and hence
becomes unfit for use.
 Though water pollutants are also created from natural sources (erosion, landslides, decay
and decomposition of plants and animals, etc.) pollutants from human sources are the real
causes of concern.
 Human beings pollute the water through industrial, agricultural and cultural activities.
Among these activities, industry is the most significant contributor.
 Most of the industrial wastes are disposed-off in running water and lakes.
 Consequently, poisonous elements reach the reservoirs, rivers and other water bodies,
which destroy the bio system of these waters.
 Major water polluting industries are leather, pulp and paper, textiles and chemicals.
 Various types of chemicals used in modern agriculture such as inorganic fertilizers,

pesticides and herbicides are also pollution generating components.
 These chemicals are washed down to rivers, lakes and tanks and also infiltrate the soil to
reach the ground water.
Air Pollution
 Air Pollution is taken as addition of contaminants like dust, fumes, gas, odor, smoke or
vapor to the air in substantial proportion and duration that may be harmful to the flora
and fauna and to property.
210
 With increasing use of a variety of fuels as sources of energy, there is a marked increase
in emission of toxic gasses into the air, resulting in pollution of air.
 Combustion of fossil fuels, mining and industries are the main sources of air pollution.
 These processes release oxides of sulfur and nitrogen, hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide,
Carbon monoxide, lead and asbestos.
Noise Pollution
 The main sources of noise pollution are various factories, mechanized construction and
demolition works, automobiles, aircrafts, etc.
 The level of steady noise is measured by sound level expressed in terms of decibels (dB)
Urban Waste Disposal:
 Solid waste refers to a variety of old and used articles, ex- stained small pieces of metals,
broken glassware, plastic containers, polythene bags, ashes, floppies, CDs etc dumped at
different places
 These discarded materials are also termed as refuse, garbage and rubbish, etc. and are
disposed of from two sources.
These are 1). Household or domestic establishments

2). Industrial or commercial establishments
 Solid wastes cause health hazard through creation of obnoxious smell and harboring of
flies and rodents, which acts as carriers of diseases like typhoid, diphtheria, diarrhea,
malaria and cholera, etc.
Urbanisation and Rural Urban Migration
 In India population of cities is rapidly increasing.

 Due to low opportunities in smaller and medium cities poor people generally by-pass
these small cities and directly come to the mega cities for the livelihood.
 Population flow from rural to urban areas is caused by many factors like high demand for
labour in urban areas, low job opportunities in rural areas and unbalanced pattern of
development between urban and rural areas.
Problems of Slums
 Slums are identified as highly populated urban residential areas with most unhealthy and
unhygienic living conditions. As a result, the slum population is under nourished and
prone to different types of disease.
 There is prevalence of many other related problems like lack of education, poverty crime,
211
etc.
 Slums are least preferable areas to reside, dilapidated houses, poor hygienic conditions,
poor ventilation, lack of basic amenities, like drinking water, light and toilet facilities, etc.
 Problems such as open defecation, unregulated drainage systems and overcrowded

narrow street patterns are serious health and socio environmental hazards.
 Moreover, most of the slum population works in low-paid, high risk-prone, unorganised
sectors of the urban economy.
 Due to socio-economic disadvantages, they are undernourished, prone to different types

of diseases and illnessand cannot afford to give proper education to their children.
 The vicious cycle of structural poverty makes them more vulnerable to drug abuse,
alcoholism, crime, vandalism, escapism,apathy and ultimately social exclusion.
Land Degradation
 Soil erosion, water, logging, salinization and alkalinisation of land lead to land
degradation.
 Land degradation is generally understood either as a temporary or a permanent decline in
productive capacity of the land.
 There are two processes that cause land degradation. These are natural and created by
human beings. National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) has classified wastelands by
using remote sensing techniques.
 Water logged and marshy areas, land affected by salinity and alkalinity and land with or
without scrub are largely caused by natural as well as human factors. Some like degraded
forests, degraded land under shifting cultivation, etc. are purely due to human action.
 There are a few steps of wastelands such as gullied/ravenous land, desertic or coastal
sands, barren rocky areas, steep sloping land and glacial areas, which are primarily
caused by natural agents
Questions with Answers

MCQ BASED QUESTIONS:
Q 1. Which of the following is the main source of human created water pollution?
(A) Industries (B) Domestic waste
212
(C) Agriculture (D) Cultural activities
Ans. (A)
Q 2. Glasswares, plastic containers, polythene bags, ashes, floppies, CDs, are examples of :
(A) Pollutants (C) Fertilizers
(B) Solid waste (D) Poison
Ans. (B)
Q 3. Leather, pulp and paper, textiles and chemicals industries are the major:
(A) Acid rain producing industries (C) Pesticides producing industries
(B) Water polluting industries (D) Toxin polluting industries
Ans. (B)
Q 4. Combustion of fossil fuels, mining and industries are the main sources:
(A) Air pollution (C) Smog
(B) Noise pollution (D) Diseases
Ans. (A)
Q 5. The immediate alterations that the world is witness in climate all across the globe is due to :
(A) Global warming (C) Reservoirs
(B) Water borne diseases (D) Regular rains
Ans. (A)
Q 6. __________ are residential areas of the least choice, dilapidated houses, poor hygienic
conditions, poor ventilation, lack of basic amenities like drinking water, light and toilet facilities,
etc.
(A) Slums (B) Flats
(C) Bunglows (D) Playground
Ans. (A)
Q 7. Which of the following is the most water polluting industries?
A. Food processing industry
B. Pulp and Paper industry
C. Electroplating industry
D. Iron and steel industry
Ans. (B)
Q 8. Which of the following is not the cause of noise pollution?

A. Mechanised construction C. Combustion of coal, petroleum and diesel
213
B. Automobiles and aircraft D. Loudspeaker
Ans. (C)
Q 9. Which of the following factors is not responsible for land degradation?

A. Soil erosion
B. Salinity
C. Alkalinity
D. Afforestation
Ans (D)
Q 10. Which of the following wastelands belongs to human generated activities?

A. Barren rocky areas C. Glacial areas
B. Degraded shifting cultivation areas D. Desertic coastal sands
Ans (D)
Q 11. Which of these activities are the most significant contributor to water pollution
A. Households
B. Farms
C. Industries
D. Tourism
Ans (C)
Q 12. Which of the following is not a cause of air pollution?

A. Combustion of fossil fuels
B. Mining activities
C. Industries
D. Agricultural runoff
Ans (D)
Q 13 Which of the following elements is both a water pollutant and air pollutant?
A. Sulphates
B. Carbon monoxide
C. Ammonia
D. Mercury
Ans (C)
Q 14. Respiratory diseases are mainly caused by pollution.

A. Land
B. Water
C. Air
D. Noise
214
Ans (C)
Q.15. What percentage of total geographical area of India is classified as man-made degraded
CWL?
A. 21.8%
B. 5.28%
C. 7.51%
D. 2.4 %
Ans (B)
Q.16. Which of the following wastelands have been primarily formed by natural agents?
A. Barren rocky areas
B. Desertic sands
C. Steep sloping land
D. All of these
Ans (D)
Q.17. Which of the following programmes is launched by the present Union Governmentfor the
cleaning of river Ganga?
A. Ganga Action Plan
B. Namami Ganga
C. Ganga Namami Action Plan
D. Ganga Cleaning Mission
Ans (B)
Q.18 Which of these sources are responsible for water pollution?

1) Households
2) Industries
3) farms and fields
4) Tourism
Codes
A. 1,2 and 4
B. 1,2 3 and4
C. 1, 3 and 4
D. 1,2 and 3
Ans (B)
Q.19. Which of the following is/are the causes of pollution in Yamuna?

1. Industrial pollution from Kanpur.
2. Domestic waste from Delhi.
3. Extraction of water by Haryana and Uttar Pradesh for
irrigation.
Codes
215
(a) 1,2 and 3
(b) 2 and 3
(c) l and 3
(d) 1 and 2
Ans (A)
Assertion/Reason Based Questions:

Q.20 Assertion (A) and other labeled as Reason (R).In the context of two statements whichone
of the following is correct?
Codes
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A
(d) A is false, but R is true
I. Assertion (A) - India is facing a serious problem of urban waste disposal.

Reason (R) - About 80 to 50 per cent of the wastes generated are left uncontrolled
and untreated.
II. Assertion (A)- Watershed management Is an effective way to prevent landdegradation.

Reason (R) -Watershed management programmes acknowledge the linkages
between land, water and vegetation and improve the livelihoods of people through natural
resource management and community participation.
Q.21 Consider the following statements and choose the correct answer with the help of
givenoptions;
I. Environmental pollution by solid wastes has now got significance.

II. Enormous growth in the quantity of wastes generated from various sources is
responsible for it.
Options;
a. Only statement I is true
b. Only statement II is true
c. Both statements are true but not related with each other.
d. Both statements are correct and statement II is the main cause for statement I.
Ans. (d)
Q.22 Consider the following and match the list I with list II and choose the correct optionwith
the help of given codes.
LIST I (CAUSES) LIST II (DISEASES)

I. Water Pollution 1. Problem of Blood pressure
II. Air pollution 2. Typhoid
216
III. Solid wastes 3. Respiratory
IV. Noise Pollution 4. Diarrhea
Codes:
I II III IV
a. 1 2 3 4
b. 4 3 1 2
c. 4 3 2 1
d. 2 1 4 3
Ans. (c)
Q 23 Which of the following program has been launched by Union Government for the
cleaning of river Ganga?
A. Ganga Action Plan B. Namami Gange
C. Ganga Namami Action Plan D. Ganga Cleaning Mission
Ans.(B)
Q.24 Which of the following cities is not included in the group of city where 90% of solid
waste is collected and disposed?
A. Kolkata B. Chennai
C. Bengaluru D. Aligarh
Ans. D.
Q.25 Which of the following factors is not responsible for the flow of population from the
rural areas to urban areas?
A. Availability of adequate land in rural areas
B. High demand of labour in urban areas
C. Low job opportunities in rural areas
D. Unbalanced pattern of development between urban and rural areas
Ans. (A)
Q 26 Only one main road traverses the Dharavi slum, which is miscalled --.
A. Seventy foot road C. Ninety foot road
B. Eighty foot road D. Ninety one foot road
Ans. (C)
Q 27 Dharavi is the largest slum of --.

A. Asia B. Africa
C .Malaysia D. India
Ans. (A)
Q28. Which of the following factors is not responsible for land degradation?
217
A. Soil erosion B. Salinity
C. Alkalinity D. Afforestation
Ans. (D)
Q 29. Which of the following wasteland is belongs to human generated activities?

A. Barren rocky areas
B. Glacial areas
C. Degraded shifting cultivation areas
D. Desertic coastal sands
Ans. (C)
Q 30. For which of the following wasteland, natural factors are responsible ?
A. Steep sloping land
B. Degraded plantation area
C. Mining and industrial wasteland
D. Degraded forests
Ans. (A)
Q 31. Which of the following tribal; population belongs to Jhabua district?

A.Gond B. Bheel
C. Santhal D. Gaddi
Ans. (B)
Q 32. Which of the following factors is responsible for acute poverty in Jhabua district?
A. Degradation of forests
B. Degradation of land
C. Government machinery
D. Both (A) and (B)
Ans. (D)
Q 33. Which stretch of Yamuna is most polluted?
A. Delhi to Ghaziabad
B. Delhi to Agra
C. Delhi to Noida
D. Delhi to Etawah
Ans. (D)
DIAGRAM BASED QUESTION:
218
1. Identify the problem shown in the diagram.
2. Mention two implications of this problem?
3. Is our urban waste worth anything? Mention at least two uses.
Ans
1. Accumulation of uncollected solid waste in open spaces between houses.
2. Health hazard Release of toxic biogas to the atmosphere
3. Yes. It can be utilised for generating energy Compost can be prepared
CASE STUDY BASED QUESTION:- 1
Jhabua district is located in the westernmost agro-climatic zone in Madhya Pradesh. It is, in
fact, one of the five most backward districts of the country. It is characterised by high
concentration of tribal population (mostly Bhils). The people suffer due to poverty which has
been accentuated by the high rate of resource degradation, both forest and land. The watershed
management programmes funded by both the ministries of ―Rural Development '' and
―Agriculture‖, Government ofIndia, have been successfully implemented in Jhabua district which
has gone a long way in preventing land degradation and improving soil quality. Watershed
Management Programmes acknowledge the linkage between land, water and vegetation and
attempts to improve livelihoods of people through natural resource management and community
participation. In the past five years, the programmes funded by the Ministry of Rural
Development alone (implemented by Rajiv Gandhi Mission for Watershed Management) has
treated 20 percent of the total area under Jhabua district. The Petlawad block of Jhabua is
located in the northernmost part of the district and represents an interesting and successful case
of Government-NGO partnership and community participation in managing watershed
programmes. The Bhils in Petlawad block, for example, (Sat Rundi hamlet of Karravat village)
through their own efforts, have revitalised large parts of common property resources. Each
household planted and maintained one tree on the common property. They also have planted
fodder grass on the pasture land and adopted social-fencing of these lands for at least two years.
Even after that, they say, there would be no open grazing on these lands, but stall feeding of
cattle, and they are thus confident that the pastures they have developed would sustain their
cattle in future. An interesting aspect of this experience is that before the community embarked
219
upon the process of management of the pasture, there was encroachment on this land by a
villager from an adjoining village. The villagers called the tehsildar to ascertain the rights of the
common land. The ensuing conflictwas tackled by the villagers by offering to make the defaulter
encroaching on the CPR a member of their user group and sharing the benefits of greening the
commonlands/ pastures.
1. How the common property resources in Jhabua were restored and developed?
Ans:s Each household planted and maintained one tree on the common property.
They also have planted fodder grass on the pasture land and adopted social-fencing of these
lands for two years there would be no open grazing on these lands, but stall feeding of cattle.
2. Name the ministry which funded the development of CPR .
Ans 2. Ministries of ―Rural Development‖ and ―Agriculture‖
3. Write any two characteristics of the tribal people of Jhabua district
Ans 3: The people suffer due to poverty which has been accentuated by the highrate of resource
degradation, both forest and land.
4. How have the Bhils of Petlawad block of Jhabua district of Madhya Pradesh revitalized large
parts of common property resources through their own efforts.Explain with examples.
Ans 4: The Bhils in Petlawad block through their own efforts, have revitalised large parts of
common property resources.
Each household planted and maintained one tree on the common property.
They also have planted fodder grass on the pasture land and adopted social-fencing of these
landsfor at least two years.
Even after that, there would be no open grazing on these lands, but stall feeding of cattle, and
they are thus confident that thepastures they have developed would sustain their cattle in future.
5. Examine the success of the watershed management programme implementedin Jhabua district of
Madhya Pradesh.
The watershed Management programme in Jhabua district is highly successful because –
1. Land degradation has been prevented.

2. Soil quality has improved.
3. Improved the growth of natural vegetation.
4.Improved the sources of livelihood for the tribals.
220
Case Based Study Question: 2
Indiscriminate use of water by increasing degradation of the quality of water considerably.

Surface water available from rivers, canals, lakes, etc. are never pure. It contains small
quantities of suspended. When concentration of these substances increases, the water becomes
polluted, and hence becomes unfit for use. In such a situation, the self-purifying capacity of water
is unable to purify the water. Though water pollutants are also created from natural sources
(erosion, landslides, decay and decomposition of plants and animals, etc.) pollutants from
human activities are the real causes of concern. Human beings pollute the water through the
most significant contributor. Industries produce several undesirable products water, poisonous
gases, chemical residuals, numerous heavy metals, dust, smoke, etc. Most of the industrial wastes
are disposed off in running water or lakes. Consequently, poisonous elements reach the
reservoirs, the bio-system of these waters. Major water polluting industries are leather, pulp and
paper, textiles and chemicals. Various types of chemicals used in modern generating
components. These chemicals are washed down to the river, lakes and tanks. These chemicals
also infiltrate the soil to reach the ground water. Fertilizers induce an increase in the nitrate
content of surface waters. Cultural activities such as pilgrimage, religious fairs, tourism, etc.
also cause water pollution. In India, almost all surface water sources are contaminated and unfit
for human consumption. Water pollution is a source of commonly caused due to contaminated
water etc.
(i) Which of the following is the largest contributor to water pollution in India?
(a) Agriculture
(b) Households
(c) Industry
(d) Services
(ii) Which among the following is a polluting industry?

(a) Leather industry
(b) Pulp and paper industry
(c) Chemicals industry
(d) All of the above
(iii) Indiscriminate use of fertilizers leads to increase in which of the followingharmful

components in water?
(a) Sulphur
(b) Nitrates
(c) Calcite
(d) Fluoride
(iv) Water pollution can cause the following type of disease?

(a) Respiratory illness
(b) Hepatitis
(c) Lung disease
(d) (d)All of these
221
ANS: C, D, B, B
Case Based Study Question: 3
Based on the universal law ―Polluter pays' ', an effort to restore the ecology and safeguard
human health with people's participation has taken place in Daurals near Meerut. These efforts
are now bearing fruits after a span of three years when Meerut based NGO had developed a
model for ecological restoration. The meeting of the Daurala Industries officials, NGOs,
Government officials and other stakeholders in Meerut, has brought out results. The powerful
logics, authentic studies and the pressure of people have brought a new lease of life to the
twelve thousand residents of this village. It was in the year 2003 that the pitiable condition of
Dauralaites drew the attention of civil society.‘ The groundwater of this villagewas contaminated
with heavy metals. The reason was that the untreated wastewater of Daurala industries was
leaching to the groundwater table. The NGO conducteda door to door survey of the health status
of the residents and came out with a report. People's representatives eat together to find out
sustainable solutions to the health problem. The industrialists showed a keen ecology. The
overhead water tank's capacity in the village was enhanced and a 900m extra pipeline was laid
to supply potable water to the community. The silted pond of the village was cleaned and
recharged by desilting it. Large quantity of silt was removed paving way to a large quantity of
water so that it recharged the aquifers. Rainwater harvesting structures have been constructed at
different places which have helped in diluting the contaminants of the groundwater after the
monsoons. 1000 trees have also beenplanted.
(i) Daurala was experiencing the following type of pollution?

(a) Air pollution
(b) Water pollution
(c) Land pollution
(d) Noise pollution
(ii) Which of these measures were taken by the people to dilute the harmfulcontaminants
of groundwater?
(a) Dam construction
(b) Rainwater harvesting
(c) Digging of bore wells
(d) None of the above
(iii) What was the largest source of water pollution in Daurala?

(a) Households
(b) Industries
(c) Agriculture
(d) Service sector
(iv) Which of the following played the most important role in resolving the pollution
related issues at Daurala?
(a) The Judiciary
(b) The Government
222
(c) The Civil Servants
(d) The Civil Society
ANS: B, B, B, D
1 Mark Based Questions:

1. What is the criterion for the classification of pollution?
Ans 1. Pollution is classified on the basis of medium through which pollutants aretransported
and diffused.
2. Which is the main source of environmental pollution in India?

Ans 2. Human activities
3. Mention any two cultural activities responsible for water pollution in India.
Ans 3. Pilgrimage, religious fairs, tourism.
4. Which city is the largest polluter of the Yamuna

Ans 4. Delhi
5. Which city of India pollutes the Ganga through its leather factories?
Ans 5. Kanpur
6. Describe any three sources which are responsible for water pollution in India.
Ans 6. Industrial, agricultural and cultural activities
7. Name four diseases spread due to water pollution

Ans 7. Diarrhea, intestinal worms, hepatitis, cholera
8. Name any two natural sources of water pollution

Ans 8. Water pollutants are also created from natural sources -erosion, landslides, decay and
decomposition of plants and animals, etc
9. Which is the most significant contributor of water pollution in India

Ans 9. Industry
10. ―The industries are major air polluters in India.‖ Evaluate the statement.
Ans 10. There is a marked increase in emission of toxic gases into the atmosphere due to various
industrial processes resulting in the pollution of air.
These processes release oxides of sulphur and nitrogen, hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide, carbon
monoxide, lead and asbestos
11. Which source of pollution is responsible for acid rain

Ans 11. Air pollution
12. Name any two diseases that are caused by air pollution
223
Ans 12. Air pollution causes various diseases related to respiratory, nervous and circulatory
systems.
13. How does noise pollution affect human health?
Ans 13. Noise pollution and human health:
It causes damage to the hearing power of human beings.
It creates irritation
14. ―If we treat the urban waste as a resource and utilise it properly it will be highly valuable to
people in India.‖ Support the statement.
Ans 14. These wastes should be treated as resources and utilised for generating energy and
compost. Eg- Bio-energy plant at Okhla in Delhi which uses municipal waste.
3 MARKS BASED QUESTIONS:

Q1.Suggest any three measures to control water pollution in India.
Ans 1.
a. Developing sewage treatment systems in towns,

b. Monitoring of industrial effluents
c. Cleaning of the river surface
d. Public awareness for control of pollution
2. Suggest any three measures to reduce noise pollution in India.
a. Regular maintenance of vehicles and machines

b. Protection of ears with hearing protection devices
c. Reduce the volume of devices used
d. Planting trees
e. Banning the use of loudspeakers in festivals and other community programmes
3. Land degradation is caused by human made processes that are more harmful than natural
processes in India. Analyse the statement with suitable examples.
a. There are two processes that induce land degradation.

b. These are natural and created by human beings.
c. Wastelands such as gullied /ravenous land, desertic or coastal sands, barren rocky areas, steep
sloping land, and glacial areas are primarily caused by natural agents.
d. Wastelands such as degraded shifting cultivation area, degraded land under plantation crops,
degraded forests, degraded pastures, and mining and industrial wastelands are caused by human
224
action.
e. Wastelands caused by man-made processes are more important than natural processes.
4. Explain any three major problems associated with urban waste disposal in India.
Ans. 4. Three major problems associated with urban waste disposal in India are as follows:
a. Solid wastes are a threat to human health and can cause various diseases.
It creates foul smell and it harbours flies and rodents that causes malaria, cholera and other
diseases.
b. Solid waste can create inconvenience rapidly if they are not properly handled.
Pollutants can spread through rainwater or wind and can cause further problems.
c. Industrial solid waste can cause water pollution if it is dumped into water body.
5. Write any six problems of slums of metropolitan cities in India.
Ans 5.
a. Lack of proper accommodation, light and sanitation facilities.
b. Lack of safety measures from fire and earthquake.
c. Over crowded with population
d. Lack of medical facilities.
e. Narrow streets and lack of proper ventilation.
f. Spread of epidemics in slums.
5 MARKS BASED QUESTIONS
1. Explain any five objectives of ‗Namami Gange Programme‘.
Ans 1. The Objective of Namami Gange Programme are as follows—

a. Developing sewage treatment systems in towns.
b. Monitoring of industrial effluents.
c. Development of river front.
d. Afforestation along the bank to increase biodiversity.
e. Cleaning of the river surface.
f. Development of Ganga Gram in Uttrakhand, U.P, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal.
g. Creating public awareness
2. How has noise pollution become a serious problem in recent years in India ? Explain.
Ans 2:
a. Noise has become a serious concern only in recent years due to a variety of technological innovations.
b. The biggest nuisance is the noise produced by traffic, because its intensity and nature depend
upon factors, such as the type of aircraft, vehicle, train and the condition of road, as well as that
of vehicle (in case of automobiles).
c. In sea traffic, the noise pollution is confined to the harbour due to loading and unloading
activities being carried. Industries cause noise pollution but with varying intensity depending
225
upon the type of industry.
d. Ocean noise is due to the vast increase in global shipping trade, the number of ships plying the
oceans and higher speed of vessels.
3. Describe the problems of Slums in India.

Ans 3.
a. Dilapidated house
b. Poor hygienic conditions
c. Lack of light and drinking water facilities.
d. Lack of toilet facilities.
e. Poor ventilations
f. Low paid high risk works
g. Lack of proper education
h. Malnutrition and Under Nutrition
i. Vulnerable to crime and drug abuse
j. Vulnerable to social exclusion.
4. Mention major problems associated with urban waste disposal in India.

Ans 4.
a. Growing population
b. Slow administrative action
c. Growing consumerism
d. Casual attitude towards cleanliness
e. Unscientific disposal Management
f. Problem of Water pollution
g. Loss of health
5. Write five problems regarding urban waste disposal in India.

a. Lack of proper place for dumping of urban waste material.
b. Throwing of industrial waste into rivers, which in turn increases water pollution.
c. Soil pollution is caused due to uncontrolled chemical sewage in the ground.
d. Fear of spreading diseases due to air pollution and bad smell from urban waste.
e. Increase of rag pickers, fires and social crimes.
QUESTIONS BANK (2002-2021)
1 Mark Question:
Q 1. Why is urban waste a serious problem in India? Explain one reason. CBSE 2019
Q 2. What is criterion for the classification of pollution. CBSE 2016
Q 3. Mention any two sources of water pollutants created by humans. CBSE 2015
Q 4. Mention any two diseases caused by contaminated water. CBSE 2014
Q 5. Mention any two sources of land pollution in India. CBSE 2013
226
Q 6. Name any two sources of land pollution in India. CBSE 2012
Q 7. Name any two natural sources of water pollution. CBSE 2012
Q 8. Name any two diseases that are caused by air pollution. CBSE 2012
Q 9. Mention the root cause of ‗acid rains‘. CBSE 2012
Q 10. Name two metropolitan cities which are the main polluters of river Ganga before it reaches
Varanasi. CBSE 2011
Q 11. Which city is the main polluter of river Yamuna. CBSE 2010
Q 12. Mention any two cultural activities responsible for water pollution in India. CBSE 2009
Q 13. Which is the main source of water borne diseases in India? Name any one water borne
disease. CBSE 2008
3 Marks Based Question:
1. How does air pollution affect human health? CBSE 2019
2. Explain any three consequences of air pollution. CBSE 2015
3. Explain any three effects of air pollution on human life. CBSE 2011
4. Explain any three ill effects of air pollution on human health in India. CBSE 2012
5. How does noise pollution affect human health? CBSE 2011
6. ‗‘ Indiscriminate use of water by increasing population and industrial expansion has led to
degradation of the quality of water considerably.‘‘ Evaluate the statement. CBSE 2017
7. ‗‘Indiscriminate use of water by increasing population and industrial expansion has led to
degradation of the water quality considerably in India‘‘. Explain the values that can help in
maintaining the quality of water. CBSE 2017
8. Examine the success of watershed management programme implemented in Jhabhua district

of Madhya Pradesh. CBSE 2016
9. Define the term air pollution. Explain any two harmful effects of air pollution. CBSE 2015
10. How is environment pollution caused? Mention four types of pollution responsible for the
environmental degradation. CBSE 2015
11. How do industries pollute India‘s water bodies? Explain with examples. CBSE 2015
227
12. What is noise pollution? Explain any four sources of noise. CBSE 2016
13. Describe three main sources of noise pollution in India. CBSE 2010
14. How has noise pollution become hazardous in many big cities of India? Explain with
examples. CBSE 2009
15. Why is the urban waste disposal a serious problem in India? Explain any three reasons.
CBSE 2014
16. Explain any three problems caused by waste disposal in India. CBSE 2012
17. Analyse three problems arising as a result of urban water disposal. CBSE 2013
18. Explain any three problems caused by urban waste disposal in India. CBSE 2011
19. Explain with examples any three major problems associated with urban waste disposal in
India. CBSE 2008
20. Describe any three major problems of slums in India. CBSE 2014
21. Analyse any three major problems of slum dweller in India. CBSE 2013
22. Explain any three problems faced by slum dwellers in India. CBSE 2012
23. How do slums develop in India? Explain any four miserable conditions of the residents of
slums areas. CBSE 2010
24. How is the degradation of cultivable land one of the serious problems in India? Explain in
any three points. CBSE 2010.
25. State any two major sources of air pollution in India. How is air pollution harmful to human
health? Explain. CBSE 2008
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
PREPARED BY: Dr. Nishu PGT GEOGRAPHY, KVCUT
Proof Read By: Mr Md Saiful Islam PGT Geography (KV Maligaon)
228
MAP WORK (India)
Migration
Out Migration – Uttar Pradesh,In Migration – Maharashtra.
229
Urbanisation
Low – Himachal Pradesh,
High - Goa
230
Population Density
Low – Arunachal Pradesh,
High – Bihar.
231
City having more than 10 million populations
Delhi, Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, Kolkata.
232
Important Iron Ore mines
Odisha – Mayurbhanj, Maharashtra – Ratnagiri, Karnataka – Ballari, Chhattisgarh –
Bailadila,
233
Manganese Mines
Madhya Pradesh – Balaghat,
Karnataka – Shimoga.
234
Copper Mines
Rajasthan – Khetri(Jhunjhunu), Jharkhand – Singhbhum.
235
Bauxite Mines
Madhya Pradesh – Katni, Chhattisgarh – Bilaspur, Odisha – Koraput.
236
Coal Mines
Jharkhand – Bokaro, Jharia; West Bengal – Raniganj; Tamil Nadu – Neyveli.
237
Oil Refineries
Gujrat – Jamnagar, Uttar Pradesh – Mathura, Bihar – Barauni.
238
International Airport
Amritsar, Delhi, Guwahati, Ahmedabad, Mumbai, Kolkata, Hyderabad, Bengaluru, Chennai,
Thiruvanathapuram.
239
Sea Port
Gujrat – Kandla, Maharashtra – Mumbai, Goa – Marmagao, Kerala – Kochi, Tamil Nadu –
Chennai, Tuticorin, Andhra Pradesh – Vishakhapatnam, Odisha – Paradwip, West Bengal –
Haldia.
240
Roadway
East-West corrider - Silchar to Porbandar, North-South corrider – Srinagar to Kanyakumari,
Golden quadrilateral – Delhi-Mumbai-Chennai-Kolkata.
241
Tea – Assam, West Bengal
Coffee – Karnataka, Tamil Nadu.
242
Sugarcane Producer –
Punjab, U.P., Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Gujrat.
243
Cotton – Punjab, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu
Jute – Assam, West Bengal, Bihar.
244
Wheat Production–
Punjab, Haryana, U.P., Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh.
245
Rice Production–
Punjab, Haryana, U.P., Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, M.P., Chhattisgarh Odisha
246
Previous Years Questions
Q1. On the given political outline map of the World, five geographical features have been marked as
A, B, C, D and E. Identify them with the help of the following information and write their correct
names on the lines drawn near them :
(A) An area of nomadic herding
(B) An industrial region
(C) An international airport
(D) A mega city
(E) The terminal station of ‘Trans-Continental Railway’. [1 × 5 = 5] CBSE 2019
Q2. Identify the five geographical features shown on the given political outline map of the World as
A, B, C, D and E and write their correct names on the lines marked near them with the help of the
following information :
A. A major sea-port
B. An international airport
C. A major industrial region
D. An important area of nomadic herding
247
E. A mega city [5×1 = 5] CBSE 2018
Q3. Identify the five geographical features shown on the given political outline map of the world as A,
B, C, D and E and write their correct names on the lines marked near them with the help of the
following information: [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2017
(A) A large country of Africa in terms of area
(B) A major area of subsistence gathering
(C) The terminal station of a ‘Transcontinental Railway’
(D) A major seaport
(E) An international airport
248
Q4. Identify the five geographical features shown on the political outline map of the world as A, B, C,
D and E and write their correct names on the lines marked near them with the help of following
information: [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2016
(A) The country with largest area in Africa.
(B) An area of dairy farming.
(C) A major seaport.
(D) An international airport.
(E) A mega city.
249
Q5.In the given political outline map of the World, five features A, B, C, D and E have been shown.
Identify these features, with the help of the information given below and write their correct names on
the lines drawn near them. [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2015
(A) A country having the lowest rank in Human Development Index-2003
(B) A railway terminal station
(C) A major seaport
(D) A major airport
(E) A mega city
250
Q6. In the given political outline map (on page) of the world, four features A, B, C and D have been
shown. Identify these features with the help of the information given below and write their correct
names on the lines drawn near them : [4 × 1/2 = 2] CBSE 2015
(A) The country with the highest growth rate of population (1995-2000) in Asia.
(B) A terminal station of Trans-Canadian railway line.
(C) An important seaport.
(D) An area of extensive commercial grain farming.
Q7.In the given political outline map of the world, four features have been marked as A, B, C and D.
Identify these features with the help of following information and write their correct names on the
lines drawn near them. [5] CBSE 2013
(A) A major seaport Human Development Index.
(B) A major airport
(C) The country having highest rank in farming.
(D) An area of extensive commercial grain
251
Q8.Identify the five geographical features shown on the given political outline map of the world as A,
B, C, D and E. Write their correct names on the lines drawn near them with the help of the following
information: Delhi 2019
(A) An industrial region
(B) A major seaport
(C) The terminal station of a transcontinental railway
252
(D) An international airport
India Previous Years Questions

Q1. Locate and label any five of the following geographical features on the political outline map of
India : [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2019
(i) The city with more than 10 million population in West Bengal. .
(ii) The leading producer State of cotton.
(iii) The software technology park in Punjab.
(iv) The Headquarter of Southern Railway Zone.
(v) The international airport of Karnataka.
(vi) The major seaport in Gujarat.
(vii) Khetri copper mines.
(viii) The State with lowest level of urbanization.
Q2. Locate and label the following features with appropriate symbols on the given political map of
India. [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2018
(i) A major tea growing state
(ii) Mayurbhanj—An area of iron ore mining
(iii) An important steel plant in Karnataka
(iv) An international southernmost airport in Kerala
(v) A city with a population of more than ten million in North India.
Q3. Locate and label the following features with appropriate symbols on the given outline political
map of India: [5 × 1 = 5] CBSE 2017
(i) The state having the highest density of population according to census 2011.
253
(ii) The leading rice producing state.
(iii) The software technology park located in Gujarat.
(iv) The major coalfield located in Odisha.
(v) An international airport located in Tamil Nadu.
Q4. Locate and label the following features with appropriate symbols on the given outline political
map of India: [5 × 1 = 5]
(i) The state with lowest density of population.
(ii) The state with highest percentage of rural population Uttar Pradesh.
(iii) A major copper mining area in southern Rajasthan.
(iv) The integrated iron and steel plant located in Chhattisgarh.
(v) The international airport located in Assam.
Q5.On the given political outline map of India, locate and label the following with appropriate
symbols : CBSE 2015
(i) The state having the largest area.
(ii) The leading tea producing state.
(iii) An oil refinery in Karnataka.
(iv) An integrated Iron and Steel Plant in Odisha.
(v) The international airport in Punjab.
(vi) The major seaport in Gujarat.
(vii) Khetri copper mines
(viii) The state with lowest level of urbanization.
Q6. On the given political outline map (on page) of India, locate and label the following with
appropriate symbols: CBSE 2014
(i) The state having the highest percentage of urban population.
(ii) The leading state in the production of tea.
(iii) The international airport in Tamil Nadu.
Q7. (ii) Locate and label the following on the political outline map of India with appropriate symbols.
CBSE 2013
(i) A state having highest literacy rate. Zone.
(ii) A copper mining area of southern Jharkhand.
(iii) Headquarter of North-Western Railway.
Q8. Locate and label any five of the following geographical features with appropriate symbols on the
political outline map of India : [5 × 1 = 5] Delhi 2019
(i) The state with highest level of urbanisation.
(ii) The leading state in the production of coffee.
(iii) An oil refinery in Haryana.
(iv) The steel plant setup in collaboration with U.K.
(v) An international airport in Assam.
(vi) The major seaport in Odisha.
(vii) The Headquarters of North-Eastern Railway.
(viii) Singareni coal mines.
254
~ President Barack Obama, 2012 National Geographic Bee
~ Judy Martz, 22nd Governor of Montana.
~ Melville Dozier, 1919

As Per New Cbse Pattern

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

As Per New Cbse Pattern

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

As Per New Cbse Pattern

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AS PER NEW CBSE PATTERN

S.NO. NAME OF TEACHER NAME OF KV

S.NO. NAME OF TEACHER NAME OF KV

Satish Chhokar, PGT-CS, KV HPCL Jagiroad

Under the Guidance of Under the Direction of Coordinated & Compiled By

BOOK: INDIA PEOPLE AND ECONOMY

1.Human geography 2.Physical geography

Changing relationship between man and environment

from early stage of development to because of change in the level of

different approaches of human geography which changed over the time

early colonial period-exploration and later colonial period -regional

1970s Emergence of Humanistc

Gist of the Chapter

Definition of Human Geography:

Environmental determinism (Naturalisation of the Human)

Possibilism: (Humanisation of the Nature)

Neo-determinism or Stop and Go determinism:

Dualism in Human Geography:

 Human geography is the inter-relationship between physical and socio

Human Geography through the corridors of time:

Period Approaches Broad Features

Human geography and sister Discipline of Social sciences:

Cultural Geography Anthropology

Questions and Answers

Q2. Neo- determinism was introduced by

Ans. Griffith Taylor

Q3. Radical School of thought employed:

Ans. Marxist Theory

Q5. Concept of the sustainable development may be traced in the

Ans. Neo determinism

Q 6.Which of the following approach marked by the use of computers and

sophisticated statistical tools?

Ans. Spatial Organization

Case study based Questions

Q.1 How human beings are controlling climatic conditions?

Ans. By making glass house and By using air conditions

Though she is fifty-eight years old?

Ans. Because of better living standard

Ans. By using Technology

Short answer type of questions

 It is an integrated study of geographical features of an area.

 It is the detailed study of a single geographical factor of an area.

Q. 12 Explain the concept of environmental determinism with suitable examples.

Q. 13 Explain the concept of possibilism?

Q. 14 .Explain the Neo Determinism?

 Griffith Taylor introduced Neo- determinism.

 Possibilism means that there is a condition of absolute freedom.

Green house effect

Ozone layer depletion

Degrading lands, etc.

Q.18 Mention any four fields of Human Geography.

The different fields of human geography are as follows:

Long answers type of questions

Nature of Human Geography.

Prepared by – Nitin Tripathi, PGT (Geo)

Distribution in the world The World

Stage I Fertility rate and mortality

 Climate- it plays a very important role in population concentration. This is

 The population of the world has an uneven pattern of distribution.